Matilda

Big Data, Transhumanism & Why the Singularity May Be Faked.

Power & greed, pushing for the economic collapse or great reset.

SHARE https://live.childrenshealthdefense.org/chd-tv/shows/good-morning-chd/breaking-german-court-orders-the-forced-vaccination-of-holocaust-survivor/?utm_source=email&utm_medium=salsa&utm_campaign=CHD+TV&utm_term=chdtv&eType=EmailBlastContent&eId=3d5c5bed-28b0-4077-87af-be56eaaa7233

Humanity

HISTORICAL FORCE BEHIND THE GREAT RESET

By Jan Kleinen on Monday, December 12, 2022

People from a wide variety of backgrounds are increasingly willing to take seriously the notion that much of what we are taught of our history is some distance from the truth.

In accordance with classic “conspiracy theory” beliefs, they believe that the degree of randomness ascribed to much of what has happened in the last few centuries is excessive, and that, behind the scenes, a coherent negative force is manipulating the events of our lives for its own ends.

It is believed that there exists an “elite cabal” at the apex of banking and industry, operating through government and the media, and controlling our political, social and personal lives to ever-increasing degrees.

This elite group has been pursuing its ambitions for centuries and is operating to an agenda entirely not in our interest. It has ruthlessly manipulated the political landscape via the strategic destabilization and reorganization of nation states; and its ultimate objective is to take the incredibly diverse range of human cultures once existing on Earth and slowly mould them into a single, homogenized trading and consuming block under their centralized control.

The principal means by which it is believed this group is seeking to do this is via the expansion of their own developmental prototype for world culture – America; a set of cultural values that is systematically being expanded across the world, progressively eliminating a wealth of ancient peoples and beliefs, and leaving in their place a standardized, consumerist stereotype.

The ultimate goal of this proposed elite group is to bring about a single global marketplace, controlled by a world government, policed by a world army, financially regulated by a world bank via a single global currency, and populated by a microchipped population connected to a global computer, a computer that both monitors and updates our personal location and financial status, and regulates our emotional state via transmitted electrical signals – technology that already exists.

This ambition of thus rendering the Earth a planet under complete control – a self-contained, interactive social structure under total centralized control – is chiefly being pursued via activities in two areas – commerce and culture.

In “commerce,” the elite group have created the corporations, the vehicles for total control of the planet, and in “culture,” the elite group have created both the drivers and passengers of those vehicles – us.

Copy off: Posted on August 2, 2022by winter oak

by Paul Cudenec

[This is the text of a talk I gave at the “Three Days Against Techno-Sciences” gathering near Alessandria, Italy, on Saturday July 30, 2022. Many thanks to the organisers and fellow participants for the warm welcome and the stimulating exchanges. A post-recorded audio version can be found here.]

The so-called Great Reset is nothing but the extension and violent acceleration of a longstanding process.

Over the decades, I have often despaired at the general apathy of my fellow citizens in the face of the dark forces which I could clearly see – and feel – gathering.

Wondering how we could ever hope to see a mass uprising against the dominant system, I sometimes comforted myself with the thought that one day “they” would become so arrogant, or impatient, that they would push things too far, beyond the limits of what humankind is collectively prepared to tolerate.

What we have been experiencing for the last two years could well be that moment, so that the Great Reset would prove to be not just the extension of the existing process, but its culmination, the hubris which announces its final demise, its nemesis.

So what is this “process” I am talking about? There are lots of different ways of describing it. It is the increase of centralising power, the tightening of control, the growth of “the economy”, the ever-closer convergence of power and money.

Today I want to focus on one concept which I think is key to understanding the essence of this process, namely “development”.

The term, in English, is a very broad and ambiguous one, which allows it to be seriously misused and manipulated.

Sometimes it is used in the intransitive context to refer to something that happens by itself, from the inside, like the development of a child’s abilities or character as it grows into an adult, the development of somebody’s understanding or the development of a particular culture.

In this sense, it carries the implications of being natural and positive – resonances which serve to disguise the quite different qualities of other applications of the same word.

Development used in a transitive sense refers to actions taken from the outside to develop a certain thing.

It could refer to what I am doing right now – the development of an idea or an argument. This kind of development is the act of organising various elements (information, personal experience, opinions) in order to create something which is (hopefully!) coherent and useful.

Again, this sense carries positive implications which can be used to camouflage the reality behind other processes with the same semantic label.

In terms of the historical process I referred to, development could broadly be applied to the industrialisation which began in the country of my birth in the 18th century and subsequently spread across what we term the West.

Here we can immediately see how the other meanings of the word “development” obscure our understanding of the industrial variety.

The first, intransitive, association can lead us into imagining that industry was something that “developed” organically, all by itself, as the unfolding of a natural socio-economic evolution.

And the second, transitive, association could make us assume that industrial development was a positive process of using our collective intelligence to organise something useful for society.

Conventional opinion within industrial society usually amounts to a combination of these two, faulty, interpretations: people tend to imagine that the natural evolution of our collective intelligence leads us to organise this inevitable and ongoing development.

Continuous industrial development has been the background to all our lives, but it is not necessarily something of which we are always conscious.

For me, the form in which it first became visible and real was that of what in England is called “property development”, namely the building of houses, shops and factories on what was previously “undeveloped” land.

My first encounter with this phenomenon was when I was about ten years old and living on the very southern edge of the London conurbation.

One summer day I discovered, with some schoolfriends, what seemed to me like an amazing paradise – a meadow, ringed with trees, with a tiny stream running through the middle of it, over which we leapt time and time again, tumbling and laughing into the lush green grass.

Some time later I went back there to taste again that moment of pure happiness and discovered that somebody had left mysterious piles of large concrete pipes in our field.

Being children, we didn’t care too much, had no idea what all this meant, and happily spent the afternoon clambering around, and through, these pipes.

But the second time I went back, the field was a housing estate and there was no more grass, no more stream, no more playing.

A few years later, my mother bought, as a present for an elderly friend, a book of photographs of the local area dating from the beginning of the 20th century, when this lady was a girl.

Glancing through the images, I noticed that one of them apparently showed a road that I knew well. But I couldn’t believe it was the same place.

In the photograph was a simple country lane, surrounded on all sides by trees, along which a man was leading a horse and cart.

The road that I knew in the 1970s, although still called a “lane”, was lined with identical 1930s houses along its whole length and was intersected by one of the busiest traffic routes out of London.

Suddenly I understood why older people had always referred to the local suburban shopping parade as “the village”. It really had been a village when they first knew it!

How could everything have changed so quickly, within the living memory of people I personally knew?

I could never see the area in which I had always lived in the same way again and later chose to live and work outside of London, in Sussex, where I discovered villages and country lanes which no longer existed in the area where I grew up.

For a long time I was happy there. I felt I was breathing an air which had been denied me for too long.

But, of course, I wasn’t safe from the advance of development, whose principal requirement is that it must never slow down, let alone stop.

All around me were appearing new housing developments, new roads to serve the houses, more new houses to fill the spaces opened up by the new roads, new shopping precincts to serve the people living in the houses and more new roads to take them there.

Both in my work as a journalist on a local newspaper and in my parallel role as a campaigner trying to protect the countryside, I came to understand the mechanisms by which this development came to happen.

The first thing I observed was that there was always local opposition to any proposed development on a greenfield area – the bigger the project, the greater the opposition.

But this opposition was very rarely successful.

Several methods were used to ensure that development triumphed over the wishes of the local people.

The first was for local politicians and officials to denigrate opponents of the scheme in question, in which ever way seemed most appropriate.

If the opponents were local people living close to the proposed development, they were selfish individuals termed NIMBYs – Not In My Back Yard.

If people from further away were involved, who could not be accused of having a purely personal interest, they were dubbed “outside agitators” or “rent-a-mob troublemakers”.

In this way, no dissent could ever be seen as legitimate.

Alongside this approach came the inevitable narrative that the development was badly “needed”, providing homes for families, jobs for workers, or a “boost” for the local economy.

This argument was welded to the message that there was something inevitable about the whole process, that losing green space to concrete and tarmac was simply something one had to accept in life.

I also came across a degree of corruption, of course, of very close connections between local officials and the property development businesses whose projects they authorised.

But behind these levels of propaganda and corruption was something else, something even more important: the “need” for development was written into the bureaucratic planning structures devised by central government, with which local authorities had to comply.

All that the local council could really decide was where this development would be accommodated.

So even if the people living in an area were unanimously against a certain development, even if they had somehow, miraculously, managed to elect representatives who were prepared to respect their opposition, all that could be achieved was for that development to be delayed, modified in some way so as to make it more acceptable or, at the very best, displaced to some other corner of the local area where the residents were less vociferous or influential.

The overall process of development itself was sacrosanct and officially ensured.

All the language and arguments in favour of development therefore served not so much to convince people that it was necessary, as to cloak the reality that it would in any case be imposed on them against their will by central power.

This is important, as we will see later…

There are, of course, lots of different kinds of “development”.

Wolfgang Sachs describes, in The Development Dictionary, a very insightful resource on this subject, how the idea of development used to be based on the notion of a nation-state’s transition from agrarian to industrial status. “The state was conventionally considered to be the main actor, and the national society the main target, of development planning”. (1)

But in the closing decades of the last century the phenomenon outgrew the national scale and turned into globalization. For Sachs, development and globalization are one and the same phenomenon. He says: “Globalization can be aptly understood as development without nation-states”. (2)

A narrative is always needed to dress up development and sell it to the public.

As Gustavo Esteva points out in the same book, the promotion of development as a good thing, as a worthy and humanitarian cause, depends on the theoretical existence of “the undignified condition called underdevelopment”. (3)

He writes: “In order for someone to conceive the possibility of escaping from a particular condition, it is necessary first to feel that one has fallen into that condition. For those who make up two-thirds of the world’s population today, to think of development – of any kind of development – requires first the perception of themselves as underdeveloped, with the whole burden of connotations that this carries”. (4)

This idea of “underdevelopment” is, he concludes, “a manipulative trick to involve people in struggles for getting what the powerful want to impose on them”. (5)

The term “poverty” is used in the same way. Certain ways of life are designated with this term and the people and communities involved are identified as a “problem” for which development can provide the solution.

Those pushing this agenda are happy to cynically exploit the naivety of those who fall for the lie and enthusiastically jump aboard the bandwagon of “helping” those who have not yet been turned into what Otto Ulrich calls “a mechanical cog in a great production apparatus dominated by the world market”. (6)

In Europe, a key institution promoting development is The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development, founded sixty years ago. (7)

Its slogan speaks of “better policies for better lives”, by means of, again in its own words, “accelerating development”.

This body started out its life as the Organisation for European Economic Co-operation, formed to administer the USA’s Marshall Plan aid for the “building back better” of Europe after the devastation of the Second World War.

The OEEC officially turned into the OECD at a ceremony in 1960 at the Chateau de la Muette in Paris, which is still the organisation’s headquarters.

Coincidentally, this building originally belonged to a member of the French branch of the Rothschild family, who have played such a key historical role in development, of railways, all over the world, of the Suez Canal, of mining, and who were also pre-eminent, as the company boasts on its website, in the “development of the sovereign bond market, beginning in Europe and Russia, and expanding to every continent”. (8)

Rothschild and Co add that the foundations for their current success were laid during the Second World War when they established their business presence in the USA and were thus able to vastly expand their global operation, “opening offices in every major market around the world”.

A key role in pushing the idea of development has also been played by the United Nations, set up on the initiative of the USA at the end of the Second World War.

In the Preamble to its Founding Charter in 1945, it announced its determination “to promote social progress and better standards of life… and to employ international machinery for the promotion of the economic and social advancement of all peoples”. (9)

The “First UN Development Decade” between 1960 and 1970, which claimed to identify a problem with “underdeveloped” people, again insisted that its aim was to improve the quality of their lives. This spin was reflected in the name of the development body it spawned in 1963, the United Nations Research Institute for Social Development. Social development. Nothing to do with money!

In 1970 it launched an International Development Strategy and an associated UN resolution announced a unified approach to development and planning, “which would fully integrate the economic and social components in the formulation of policies and programmes”.

This declared that its aims were to “leave no sector of the population outside the scope of change and development” and “to give high priority to the development of human potentials … the provision of employment opportunities and meeting the needs of children”. (10)

That is to say the “needs” of children as defined by those who aim to extract maximum profit from developing their human potential.

In 1986 the UN went even further when it published its Declaration on the Right to Development. (11)

Although this text clearly identified the aim of establishing what it called “a new international economic order”, it hid this agenda behind the absurd statement that “the right to development is an inalienable human right”.

“States have the primary responsibility for the creation of national and international conditions favourable to the realization of the right to development”, it insisted.

“States have the duty to co-operate with each other in ensuring development and eliminating obstacles to development”.

“Sustained action is required to promote more rapid development of developing countries”.

And the final passage, Article 10, declares: “Steps should be taken to ensure the full exercise and progressive enhancement of the right to development, including the formulation, adoption and implementation of policy, legislative and other measures at the national and international levels”.

And that is what we have seen shaping up over the subsequent decades…

In 1990 the United Nations Development Programme published its first Human Development Report, defending the inalienable right of all human beings to be developed. (12)

Then ten years later, in 2000, it launched its Millennium Development Goals, based on the International Development Goals drawn up at Chateau de la Muette by the OECD’s Development Assistance Committee. (13)

Private-public partnerships were very much encouraged. Goal 8 was “to develop a global partnership for development”, which could mean “cooperation with pharmaceutical companies” or making available the “benefits of new technologies” by working with Big Tech. (14)

Collaborating closely with the United Nations on creating these global development-imposing infrastructures has been the World Bank Group, which in fact has a treaty-based relationship with the UN that dates back to its founding. (15)

Describing itself as “the world’s largest development institution”, it was founded in 1944 (again at that key historical moment at the end of the Second World War) as the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and, like the OECD, it was originally involved in making loans to facilitate the post-war Build Back Better. (16)

It is worth considering Klaus Schwab and Thierry Malleret’s comment in their 2020 book Covid-19: The Great Reset that wars, like pandemics, “have the potential to be a transformative crisis of previously unimaginable proportions”.

They wrote: “World War II was the quintessential transformational war, triggering not only fundamental changes to the global order and the global economy, but also entailing radical shifts in social attitudes and beliefs that eventually paved the way for radically new policies and social contract provisions”. (17)

When there was no more money to be made from post-war reconstruction, the World Bank shifted its focus towards “development”, with a heavy emphasis on infrastructure such as dams, electrical grids, irrigation systems, and roads.

It has also long been interested in so-called “rural development”, aiming to “increase production and raise productivity” by means of what it calls a “transition from traditional isolation”. The World Bank would like to enable the “transfer of people out of low productivity agriculture into more rewarding pursuits”. (18)

Rewarding for whom, exactly?

Gradually the World Bank built up a network of institutions, including the International Finance Corporation (IFC), which allowed it, in its own words, to “connect global financial resources to the needs of developing countries” under the feel-good catchphrase of “ending extreme poverty and boosting shared prosperity”. (19)

What this connection actually means is clear from the IFC’s own reports. While boasting that, since 1956, it has “invested more than $321 billion in emerging markets and developing economies”, it also stresses: “IFC operates on a commercial basis. We invest exclusively in for-profit projects in developing countries”. (20)

It is not for nothing that the World Bank/IFC use the slogan “Creating Markets, Creating Opportunities” (21). For all the do-good language, the bottom line is that investment, like development, is really about making money and accumulating power.

In this light, it is hardly surprising that the World Bank was an enthusiastic partner of the UN in pushing its Millennium Development Goals and its global partnership for greed.

As it admitted: “The World Bank is committed to helping achieve the MDGs because, simply put, these goals are our goals”. (22)

The World Bank has been peddling the greenwashing scam of so-called “sustainable development” for quite a while now.

As far back as 1988, its senior vice-president David Hopper was announcing that it would be getting involved in “formulating, implementing and enforcing environmental policies”. (23)

And, needless to say, the World Bank is fully behind the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals, adopted in 2015 and targeting 2030 as their completion date. It declares that these are “an historic global achievement”, boasts that they were “formulated with strong participation from the World Bank Group” and are, of course, “fully consistent” with its own dubious goals. (24)

In fact, in 2018 it signed a Strategic Partnership Framework with the UN to push the SDGs and help bring about all sorts of noble outcomes, such as “helping countries attract and manage private capital” so they can “achieve measurable results at scale to transform their economies and societies” and “build human capital”. (25)

The World Bank/United Nations – which seem to be so close that they are almost the same thing – are also keen on “enhancing countries’ digital data capacities to improve implementation and maximize positive development impacts” and “harnessing data to improve development outcomes”.

In reality, the “sustainable” development they are promoting is every bit of an oxymoron as “equitable” development, being just another aspect of the camouflage with which its proponents hide the reality of their insidious agenda from public view.

As Esteva writes, “Sustainable development has been explicitly conceived as a strategy for sustaining ‘development’, not for supporting the flourishing and enduring of an infinitely diverse natural and social life”. (26)

The real significance of the UNSDGs is as the administrative foundation of the totalitarian technocratic dystopia which the money-power is currently trying to impose on us.

They essentially amount to the same thing, on a global scale, as the planning criteria which force local councils to override public opinion and develop green spaces.

They fix certain development objectives – goals as they term them – into law so that they have to be imposed on the public, whatever the views of that public.

But because they don’t want this profoundly undemocratic situation to be visible, they also construct the propaganda layer which aims, like the propaganda about the need for local “development”, to conceal the true nature of the process.

The propaganda for the UNSDGs amounts to everything “woke” and “progressive”, an official saccharine liberal agenda which has now crept into every part of our culture.

And, just as people who oppose new roads, railways, factories or housing estates being built over the countryside are condemned as being “selfish” or “anti-social”, so are opponents of the SDGs also condemned as being politically unacceptable.

Because the development mafia depicts itself as representing “good”, all those who go against its agenda must necessarily be “bad” – reactionary, right-wing, conspiracy theorists.

But, in reality, this represents a remarkable inversion of the truth. The “goodness” of development may be enshrined in law and chorused from every direction, but it is nevertheless non-existent.

The process which calls itself “development” in fact equates to nothing other than destruction, in every context.

Everything they touch has been turned upside down and rendered completely opposite of nature and reality.
This Bizarro World war seeks to completely overturn societal norms, laws, customs, and traditions.
It revels in substituting evil for good and darkness for light.

The wizards behind the curtain are creating chaos and disorder on an unprecedented scale with the goal of rebuilding a new, global, and totalitarian society from the rubble of destruction. They have mastered war techniques from ancient Chinese general Sun Tzu’s Art of War, which includes sowing division, promoting deception, and attacking while the enemy is weak and most unprepared. Racial strife is one of their most prized tactics, but there are many others.

It is the destruction of nature, now seen as a mere resource to be used for development or as an empty undeveloped space in which development could, should and, ultimately, must take place.

It is the destruction of natural human communities, whose self-sufficiency gets in the way of the advance of development, and of authentic human culture and traditional values, which are incompatible with the dogma and domination of development.

In the words of Ivan Illich: “Development can be imagined as a blast of wind that blows people off their feet, out of their familiar space, and places them on an artificial platform, a new structure of living”. (27)

It involves the destruction of individual autonomy, since human beings are seen as nothing more than human resources, human capital, to feed the unending appetite of development.

Development also implies the destruction of democracy, as the goals of development are imposed on us by mechanisms hidden from general public view.

All in all, development amounts to the negation of all that is organic, all that is living. It is vitaphobic.

And why does development exist, what is the purpose behind all this destruction? It is nothing more than money and power, which are the same thing in our society.

What is being “developed” in all these various life-destroying ways is, in fact, the money and power of those who initiated and imposed the process.

Their money “develops” because they extract a profit from all these destructive activities and because they lend money, at interest, to governments in order to “finance” huge projects represented as being for the common or national good.

Where they got this money from in the first place – whether it is rightfully theirs or a creation of wealth out of thin air from dubious bookmaking practices – is another matter.

But what is for sure is that debts owed to such financiers give them even more leverage over governments and the ability to insist on yet more “development” in order to generate the money needed to keep the repayments coming. They will, of course, be very happy to “finance” this next phase of development, which is always lurking on the horizon as a seemingly unavoidable economic necessity.

This is blackmail on an unimaginably vast scale. Unending, spiralling blackmail. Sustainable blackmail.

So those behind “development” have been destroying everything of real value in our natural world and our human societies in the pursuit of personal wealth and power.

And they have taken care to conceal this crime behind all the positive-sounding rhetoric associated with development on every level.

Far from being something inherently good, development therefore represents something which is very close to what we might call evil.

We have seen so many signs of this evil in all the development we have been collectively enduring for many centuries.

Rivers turned black and the air turned toxic by the pollution of industrial development.

Forests rased, land desecrated, species wiped out by its endless greed.

Children crushed to death by its machineries, lives ruined and cut short by decades of thankless toil in its factories, mines and sweatshops.

Communities across the world ripped from the land, ripped from each other, ripped from the happy natural lives that should have been their birthright.

All meaning and value stolen from our existences, everything reduced to profit and concealed by lies.

As Sachs writes: “Suspicion grows that development was a misconceived enterprise from the beginning. Indeed, it is not the failure of development which has to be feared, but its success. What would a completely developed world look like?” (28)

It would simply be a dead world.

Since 2020, the evil inherent to this development-based system has become much more visible to many more of us.

We have seen people forbidden to gather together, made to cover their faces with masks, told not to touch each other. Children have been prevented from playing together, old people left to die alone without someone to hold their hand during their final hours, millions and millions of people reduced to a state of cowering fear by the manipulative lies of the system as it seeks to ramp up its malignant control.

This expansion of power is now threatening our very bodies, which it claims as its own.

It wants to infect us with its gene-altering chemicals, pollute our bodies with its nanotechnology, control our fertility, imprison us – “center us”, as the United Nations puts it (29) – in smart cities, digital concentration camps in which our online virtual twins are used as lucrative sources of speculation and profit for impact investment vampires in their psychopathic plans for a whole new kind of “human development” that is indistinguishable from slavery.

This thing we call development is a force of darkness and so to oppose it we need to harness the power of light.

Light, first of all, to illuminate the truth of this entity’s activities, its destruction, blackmail and concealment.

As we have seen, its first line of defence is the pretence that “development” has no sinister intent and is just an inevitable and natural part of human evolution.

If we can break through that line of defence, by exposing its real raw agenda, its physical power will be visible and thus open to general attack.

But we also need to harness the light in what we might call a spiritual sense.

Because development is vitaphobic, we need to summon up the power of life itself to fight it.

This power is within each and every one of us. It does not start with us, but comes to us from the wider living organism of which we are part, the organism which is being murdered by the dark force of development.

We can access this vital energy, individually and then collectively, only if we really want to, if we are prepared to lower all the barriers of subjectivity and separation behind which we have learned to hide.

First of all, this means searching for our real selves, which cannot be found in the virtual online identities currently being constructed for us, of course, nor in the legal identity given to us by the state, nor even in the sense of individual identity provided by the ego.

Our real self, we will find, is a self which knows itself to be merely a part of a greater reality.

We can discover ourselves to be part of the place where we live, modelled and adapted to the landscape, the climate, the food that grows there: we are shaped by this place and it, in turn, is shaped by us.

We can discover ourselves to be part of a community, to be surrounded not by anonymous strangers whom we do our best to avoid, but by fellow beings who share our belonging to that local place and with whom we could forge networks of mutual aid, solidarity and autonomy.

We can discover ourselves to be part of the living world, human nodes in a great network of organic interaction which amounts to one enormous and unimaginably complex organism.

And we can discover ourselves to be part of the entire universe, to be one tiny nerve-ending of a living cosmic whole.

It is the vital energy of this cosmic whole, the energy that animates and propels every facet of its healthy living, that we might call the light.

We can only draw on this light, this energy, when we know that it is there. Knowledge of the light, however we choose to describe it, involves knowledge of our belonging, it involves knowledge of unity.

The darkness represented by development knows only separation and fragmentation. Its reign of quantity, to use René Guénon’s term, is based on the idea of multiplication, of an endless accumulation of objects, possessions, so-called wealth.

But within a given finite context, such as our world, this multiplication can only amount to division – it merely slices up the existing unity into billions of smaller pieces, cut off from each other and from the whole.

LIVE EVERY MON-SAT AT 3:00 PM GMT+1 • GET TEXT ALERTS

Good Morning CHD

JAN 18, 2023

Breaking: German Court Orders The Forced Vaccination of Holocaust Survivor

A German Court is seeking to institutionalize and forcefully vaccinate an 85-year-old Jewish Composer and holocaust survivor, Inna Zhvenetskaya. The order, issued last month, would authorize medical support staff to forcibly remove her from her home, calling on police force if needed, and transport her to a pyshicatric institution until December 2024, so that she may be administered two doses of the COVID19 vaccine — against her consent. Hear from Vera Sharav, holocaust survivor on the forced medical order directed by the state over an individual for an experimental product in which they did not consent represents a ‘sliding backwards’ into an abominable historic past — one that 75 years ago was promised to never return to humanity. Learn how the court’s description of Zhvenetskaya as ‘A danger to self + others’ is reminiscent of the Nazi Eras in which the same terminology was used as an excuse for mass psychiatrics incarceration to rid society of the “economic burden” of the elderly population.

The light, the knowledge of unity, gives us the power to combat that fragmentation and restore the reign of quality and living authenticity.

We need to allow ourselves to be flooded by this light, to be taken over by it and used by it in whatever way is necessary to free our world from the vile and all-destroying monster which goes by the name of “development”

Wolfgang Sachs, ‘Preface to the New Edition’, The Development Dictionary: A Guide to Knowledge as Power, ed. Wolfgang Sachs (London/New York, Zed Books, 2010), p. vii.
Sachs, ‘Preface to the New Edition’, The Development Dictionary, p. vii.
Gustavo Esteva, ‘Development’, The Development Dictionary, p. 2.
Esteva, p. 3.
Esteva, p. 3.
Otto Ulrich, ‘Technology’, The Development Dictionary, p. 320.
https://www.oecd.org/
https://www.rothschildandco.com/en/about-us/our-story/
Preamble to the Charter of the United Nations, New York: UN Office of Public Information, 1968). cit. Wolfgang Sachs, ‘One World’, The Development Dictionary, p. 112.
UNRISD, The Quest for a Unified Approach to Development (Geneva: UNRISD, 1980), cit. Estava, p. 10.
un.org/en/events/righttodevelopment/declaration.shtml
http://hdr.undp.org/en/content/what-humandevelopment
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Millennium_Development_Goals
https://www.un.org/millenniumgoals/pdf/Goal_8_fs.pdf
https://www.worldbank.org/en/programs/sdgs-2030-agenda
https://www.worldbank.org/en/about/history
Klaus Schwab, Thierry Malleret, Covid-19: The Great Reset (Geneva: WEF, 2020), e-book. Edition 1.0, 5%
World Bank, Assault on World Poverty (Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1975), cit. Arturo Escobar, ‘Planning’, The Development Dictionary, pp. 152-53.
https://www.worldbank.org/en/about/history
https://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/corp_ext_content/ifc_external_corporate_site/home

Links humanityandearth.com:

Banning Early Treatment Was a Crime Against Humanity?

Big Data, Transhumanism & Why the Singularity May Be Faked.

Power & greed, pushing for the economic collapse or great reset.

Is Quercetin a Safer Alternative to Hydroxychloroquine?

Humanity

The Push for the introduction of digital money/control in Europe by the central bank ECB.

By Jan Kleinen on Saturday, December 10, 2022

The 100-page report — “Paving the Road to Hell? A Primer on the Role of the World Bank and Global Networks in Promoting Digital ID” — published by New York University’s (NYU) Center for Human Rights and Global Justice urged human rights organizations to heed the threats posed by a global push for digital IDs.

The NYU researchers said many proponents — including the World Bank — portray digital IDs as a means to achieving greater inclusivity and environmental sustainability when, in fact, the systems are likely to do just the opposite.
According to the report, the digital ID has been dressed up as an “unstoppable juggernaut and inevitable hallmark of modernity and development in the 21st century,” causing dissenting voices to be “written off as Luddites and barriers to progress.”

The authors argued for open debate “with full transparency and involving all relevant stakeholders,” including the most marginalized and most vulnerable.
According to an Access Now special report, in India in October 2021, digital ID systems — or “Big ID programs” as Access Now called them — are being pushed by a market of actors who sell and profit from digital ID systems and infrastructure, often while endangering the human individualized rights of the people they’re supposed to benefit.

The NYU researchers reached the same conclusion:

“The rapid proliferation of such systems is driven by a new development consensus, packaged and promoted by key global actors like the World Bank, but also by governments, foundations, vendors and consulting firms.”

Digital ID proponents argue the systems can contribute to inclusivity and sustainable development, with some going so far as to consider the adoption of digital ID systems a prerequisite for the realization of human rights.

But the NYU researchers said they believe the “ultimate objective” of digital ID systems is to “facilitate
economic transactions and private sector service delivery while also bringing new, poorer, individuals into
formal economies and ‘unlocking’ their behavioral data.”
“The promises of inclusion and flourishing digital economies might appear attractive on paper,” the researchers said, “but digital ID systems have consistently failed to deliver on these promises in real world situations, especially for the most marginalized.”

Having a closer look at the three main banks trans-international private banks banks /parts in EUROPA and the head of the central bank in Frankfurt Christine Lagarde.

This “U.S. coup manual,” recently highlighted by WikiLeaks,

serves as a reminder that the so-called “independence” of such financial institutions as The World Bank and IMF is an illusion and that they are among the many “financial weapons” regularly used by the U.S. government/cabal to bend countries to its will…

Copy by research/article as published by:

by Whitney Webb, February 07, 2019, from MintPressNews Website.

Whitney Webb is a staff writer for MintPress News and has contributed to several other independent, alternative outlets.

Her work has appeared on sites such as Global Research, the Ron Paul Institute and 21st Century Wire among others.

She also makes guest appearances to discuss politics

on radio and television. She currently lives with her family in southern Chile.

IMF, WORLDBANK, BIS.

As a consequence of the lopsided influence of the U.S. on these institutions’ behavior, these organizations have used their loans and grants to “trap” nations in debt and have imposed “structural adjustment” programs on these debt-saddled governments that result in the mass, privatization of state assets deregulation austerity that routinely benefit foreign corporations over local economies Frequently, these very institutions – by pressuring countries to deregulate their financial sector and through corrupt dealings with state actors – bring about the very economic problems that they then swoop in to “fix.”

Even before the Covid 19 emerged the banks took part and where involved in pandemic event later known as 201. After the virus was released involved in denying its laboratorial character and being planted and spreading, they the banks started to visiting every country in Europe offer cheap loan under the condition of a centralized approach including lock-downs and other economic very damaging activities including funding of the hyped vaccinations. Also behind the attempted force vaccination/sackings. To the horrors of others include the by-pass of early treatment/and available medication. The politicians back-up by the the big cabal controlled owned media smear and blame campaign and setting vaccinated against others ion any way possible. None of it sorted nor addressed so-far and it is business as usual. With the rates now rising and most countries in Europe now heavily in debt.

There is no real need to push for it at all. The current systems have most of it other than establishing total control and removal from paper money/cash, Cabal/Bankers wet dream. Have established total control an their aimed one world one party worlds government do as they please with us.

President Trump did order the release from 1000 blocked patents including cheap energy being ignored.

In total 5976 listed as such.

Most people not familiar with the alien parts/past of planet earth do not realize that their is also value in our galaxy about blood/blood products, organs/brains, souls an dare mentioned in the article. Everything on having total control and we being cattle. Another thing most people are not aware of that we are not at the end of the food chain but supplier to a number of other aliens. In short our physical universe consist of energy. To manifest here you need energy and in our case food. It applies for any manifestation being big or small visible or invisible and spirits. Our bio-body produces vibrations/frequencies which are food for others.

In our mitochondria is a fuel cell who also produces a low voltage direct current. Our emotions when activated work as oscillator ( modulation) and convert it in different vibrations/frequencies. These frequencies depend on the type of emotions and generally high frequent emotions are sympathy, awareness, consciousness and low frequent type emotions are fear, shame, violent, abuse, mistreatment, dying to mention a few.

There are two different races on earth despite their appearance does not give a clue. Within alternative circles called STO meaning serves to others social orientations and love others, STS being serves to themselves. Psychopath, Narcists, just to name a few. Others descriptions use soulless. Here it is important also to people who have an individualized soul (freewill) and others for example HIV mind ( central controlled) and operating as a collective.

To make it even more complex the introduction of density. This has to do with our ability to see and hear. Visible and invisible. The range in which we can see and hear is limited, for example we see no frequencies but still their.

The scale used is 1 is 7 relating density

We as biological manifestation on planet earth are listed as a 3. Our soul if we have one after passing as 4.The higher the density 7 at the end and direct manifestation/involvement in the physically universe out.

However the lifeforce including souls are immortals because there origin is outside our physical universe. Both the 3 and 4 density are interchangeable depending on energy levels. To keep it short to feed in level 4 or dimension they do need vibration as produced by us and there are two classes being higher frequent types like pleasure, love, gratitude, awareness associated with gods (STO) and low frequent emotions, like fear, anger, abuse, stress, intimidation (STS) . Unfortunately our real rulers in planet earth are STS beings. To produce sufficient food for their 4 dimension companions love/need low grade emotions in order to produce like fear, use of terror, calamities, war, sickness. Our society is constructed and maintained accordingly.

Their are others who are better in explaining this than I so a copied some comments:

Cabal and Antarctica.

We the real humans are Being that are of a spiritual-psychic-physical nature, we as humans possess
abilities that we currently can not begin to completely understand.
In this cosmic battle there are no ‘neutral’ forces.
In other words we can NOT utilize these and are more like children. These spiritual-psychic-physical abilities have deliberately been hidden, marginalized and reticule and can not be used in a ‘neutral’ way nor should we currently with a few exceptions believe that we are in ultimate control of these abilities ourselves.
There are more advanced intelligencer beings involved here which are so powerful in this universe that
to them we appear as mere ‘pawns’ who can and are be manipulated for their own use.

The important thing is not for the pawn to ‘realize its own pawnhood’, but for each of us to consider which ‘player’ has our best interests at heart. It is clear that some of the ‘players’ are much more benevolent than anything we can imagine, and the other is far more malevolent than anything we can conceive. Also I believe that soon we must DECIDE which side of the cosmic battle we will serve, and this all comes back to the old fundamental reality that we have known all along: will we commit our spiritual-psychic-physical abilities to ‘God’ [good] or to the ‘Devil’ [evil]?

It is generally admitted that the effect of the Delphian oracle upon Greek culture was profoundly constructive. James Gardner sums up its influence in the following words: “Its responses revealed many a tyrant and foretold his fate. Through its means many an unhappy being was saved from destruction and many a perplexed mortal guided in the right way. It encouraged useful institutions, and promoted the progress of useful discoveries. Its moral influence was on the side of virtue, and its political influence in favor of the advancement of civil liberty.”

A modern form of gathering information is a question board and very similar to what once existed known as the Oracle of Dephi, Greece long ago.
The “Bibliotheka Cassiopaea” and universally organized.

The Cassiopaean material by topic a good way to read and consider.
Also we simple do not have the knowledge we do need other than guesses.

The “US Federal” Government is also a part of the world government, which has been secretly for a while now and only currently officially manifested.
Here you find a part of how the system works through asking questions and recording the answers. give some examples:

What is the “ultimate secret” being protected by the Consortium? A: You are not in control of yourselves,
you are an experiment. Q: (T) When you say this is the ultimate secret, that we’re being “protected” from by the government, are we talking about the ultimate secret of humans only here? A: Basically.
Q: (T) The ultimate secret of the human race is that we are an experiment that other humans are conducting on the rest of us? A: Part. Q: (T) Okay, does the other part have to do with the Lizards? A: Yes.
Q: (L) Other aliens also? A: Yes. Q: (T) Okay, so, are the humans who are running the experiment, do they know that they are part of the experiment also? A: Yes. Q: (T) And they’re doing this willingly?
A: They have no choice, as experiment already in progress. (exp. Is “too complicated” for us to understand-will understand at level 4)

(Cutting edge science on this planet is ? years ahead?) A: More like 30 to 40,000 years “ahead!”
Q: (L) Is that because of 4th density influence and information? A: Yes.

Q: (L) You once before said that Bush knows very little anyway – or that the “White House” level is pretty much in the dark about the plans of the Consortium – even if they are carrying them out. So, you are suggesting that they are being driven by forces of which they are unaware and do not understand?

A: Exactly. Bush is a “reaction machine.”

A: You must remember, different branches of your military services have underlying code mechanisms to determine their classification status for “secret” duty, including study of personnel, this is all very complex… Now, “U.S. Navy is status 2 (classified management)”, which means among other things, that it is married to a class 2 “Cooperation Agency“, the O.N.I. All technical personnel are approached during their service, and asked to perform tasks for secret government. If they accept, they are “brought under classified management.” Not all military personnel are routinely abducted and examined by aliens or the secret, ‘inner military’ establishment;
Usually ones with a STS vibrational frequency, ones easily influenced are likely candidates;

Secret Govt & Aliens have also taken military personnel (usually specialists) from all wars classified as Killed or Missing in Action to (72355- WWII, 6734-Korea, 23469-Vietnam, 55-1st Gulf War, “a few“-civil war) use in underground infrastructure, reprogrammed minds to serve aliens/Secret Govt‘; some are reanimated but most are body duplicate soul receptacle replacements (duplicated from the original body, which is dead, but the original soul is placed in the duplicate body) using Trans Dimensional Atomic Re-molecularization techniques, due to zero time ability, there is no “time limit“ from when body died to when they can do this- another words they can snatch the body/soul complex up at the moment of death, before the soul goes to 5th; Reason they use victims of war is because it is easier to get away with such covert actions where the person won’t be so easily noticed by others.

MEDIA MANIPULATION

TV/movies: simple visual/verbal bombardment, no need for subliminals much; Music: does use subliminals and electronic signal cues;

“EDUCATION”

A: Disinformation cleverly and carefully orchestrated. Q: (L) For what purpose? A: To mislead.
Q: (V) To mislead in what way? What am I being led away from? A: Not just you. Q: (V) All psych students are misled? A: All humans. Q: (L) Are you saying that the public school system, including the college system, is deliberately designed and implemented to fill one’s brain with false knowledge, to perpetuate Lizzie rule?
A: Close but this manifests at lower levels too. A: Now, you could gain much more knowledge by independent study and meditation.

To the Almighty, who desires to establish a universe of perfect harmony, order, truth and love; or to the
collective rebel angels and their alien ‘puppets’ who desire only to devour and consume everything around them like the ‘spiritual black holes’ that they are?

There are more and more reports coming my way, like the one that appears above, which strongly suggest that in spite of the physical and tangible aspects of many of the aliens [Greys, Reptiloids, etc.], the true powers that must be contested are the motivating supernatural entities which possess and incarnate many if not most of these soulless ‘aliens’, simply because at some point in the past these ‘aliens’ themselves submitted to the complete control of these supernatural beings.

They rejected the universal law of respecting the Divinely-established sovereignty of other beings, whether on an inter-planetary, inter-national or inter-personal basis. In violating the sovereignty of others they themselves lost their own personal sovereignty, liberty or independence.

They chose to ally themselves with members of a collective ‘hive’ mind which assured them that it was right to violate the sovereignty of other beings, and that it was logical for the ‘collective’ to assimilate all things under its control even if the individuality of those assimilated was all but destroyed. So in joining with a force which advocated the conquest of other ‘sovereignties’, they in turn forfeited their own.

Will our human race be the next race to be ‘assimilated’ by these astral parasites and the corrupted physical alien races under their control? I believe the decision is entirely and individually up to us.

There is a growing number of quantum physicists who are beginning to realize that there is a ‘spiritual’ side to science. At the lowest sub-atomic levels the physical laws of ‘logic’ seem to break down into what might be referred to as ‘etheric’ or ‘spiritual’ laws that do not necessarily apply to physical laws, or what many spacefaring cultures refer to as ‘Divine Geometrics’ or the ‘laws of spirit’ at work behind the ‘laws of physics’.

So it is difficult to find where the electromagnetic realm ends and the etheric realm begins.

This is the very basis of the OCCULT TECHNOLOGY that is being developed within the Dulce base, it is SUPERNATURAL TECHNOLOGY, a deadly form of Techno-Sorcery. https://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/branton/esp_dulcebook33f.htm
Phil Schneider was a geologist, structural engineer, and underground tunneling expert who participated in the
construction of many deep underground cities and bases in North America and abroad for the government.
In May of 1995, suffering from terminal cancer, he began giving talks in Las Vegas describing in detail like, the underground cities, the government’s secret deal with negative aliens, high alien technology being employed by the government – including “corbomite” (element 140),mining on the Moon, FEMA and martial law, the coming New World Order takeover, the Alien/NWO genocide agenda to reduce the earth’s population by 85% before 2029,…and a host of other stunning revelations.

This who attempt to resist the Greys will soon discover that the conflict they have become involved with is not just a spiritual one, and not just a physical one, but a warfare that is in fact a FUSION of material and
spiritual realities.

Most people do not realize that our modern ‘science’ has largely developed from the occult-sciences of the past, or the ‘Alchemists’. So who can say exactly where science ends and the supernatural begins? Apparently at least with much of the UFO phenomena, the exact distinction may be very hard to find. Does this mean that technology and the supernatural are ‘evil’? Not necessarily, for the physical ‘forces’ of the universe and the supernatural ‘forces’ of the universe can be used by our physical and spiritual natures respectively for either good or evil.

Note: All of this brings to mind the controversy over the ‘material’ aspects of UFO encounters vs. the
‘supernatural’ aspects. It would seem from the above, as well as from other sources, that the ‘Greys’
for instance are both physical as well as supernatural beings… or rather malevolent spirit-entities
utilizing or possessing physical alien ‘bodies’. In a sense you could say that the same holds true about
humans themselves: we are physical-souled-spiritual beings, we possess ‘blood plasma’ which contains both physical AND spiritual essence — which may be why the Greys are so interested in human ‘blood’ by the way and body parts.

Although traditional ‘Greys’ have a strong collective mentality in addition to a [gross] spiritual and physical nature, they have no ‘soul’. Since supernatural forces play a major part in alien operations against humans on earth, humans must develop their SPIRITUAL defenses as well as their intellectual and physical defenses, since the Greys attack on all three levels of our beings through what might be described as a form of psychotronic techno-sorcery.

soul manipulation:
The time frame is normally frozen, and we use the term “frozen” for lack of a better term. What this means is that your perception of time in your physical locator, third density body, ceases to pass during this period of time that is called “zero time” variously by members of your human race. What happens is that the soul imprint occupying or of that particular host body is removed forcibly, transported to another locator, and re-molecularized as a separate physical entity body for purpose of examination, implantation, and other.
Then, it is demolecularized, the soul imprint is used for the purpose of duplication process; it is then
demolecularized and the soul imprint is replaced in the original body at the original locator. That is the
process that takes place. On occasion, the fourth density beings doing the abduction can actually make a mistake in the time referencing points of the third density illusion. This may create the effect of the appearance of an alternate or duplicate experience, when, in actuality there has only been one experience.
This was what happened in your case. As you perceived the passage of two “ships” for lack of a better term, when in actuality, there was only one. That is because the time frame reference illusion was not completely matched from beginning of event to the end of the event in zero time. Normally, however, that is not a problem.
On rare occasions, the host, or the subject of the abduction can actually find themselves replaced in the time frame illusion in what could appear to be several hours, day, weeks, or even, sadly, years prior to the beginning of the event, which, of course, could cause side effects such as total insanity and other such things.
Fortunately that did not occur in your case, but there was some fracturing of the time frame reference illusion. This is why you thought you saw two ships when in actuality you only saw one. Now, it is most important that you understand that this is not a physical, third density experience in its entirety. There is the soul imprint that all first density, second density, third density, and fourth density beings possess, as you already know; that is extracted. From that soul imprint a duplicate copy or cloning, if you will, which appears on fourth density, can then be made and studied and the soul imprint is then replaced into the original body at whatever density it was taken. This is normally how the process is done. Most often, if the third density being is removed in total physicality, there is no return of that being to third density. They are permanently removed to fourth density.
Most often that is what takes place although on rare occasions there can be return. However, there is no need for this as complete duplication for all purposes of examination, alteration of sensate, and implanting;
need not be done on third density; can be done completely in the fourth density duplication process.
Q: (T) How does the implant come back to the third density body that’s originally still here?

A: The process we are describing, which involves the re-molecularization; it is very complex to try and describe how the fourth density is translated into third density, except that once the duplicate, the fourth density cloning, or duplicate is present, all fourth density realities surrounding that fourth density duplicate will be matched in third density whenever and wherever desired. Because, in effect it is the entire density level which is being exchanged, not just the object contained within. Q: (L) So, in other words, just as the soul imprint, when it goes into fourth density, can be used as a template to create a carbon copy, so to speak, then anything that is done to the carbon copy then becomes a template that recreates that same manifestation when it is sent back into the third A: Precisely. With the only variance there being that technology is used to make sure that implants, or added material that comes from fourth density, is such that it will also translate equally into third density through the re-molecularization process.

One must be careful not to open oneself to their influences however. There is a growing number of quantum physicists who are beginning to realize that there is a ‘spiritual’ side to science. At the lowest sub-atomic levels the physical laws of ‘logic’ seem to break down into what might be referred to as ‘etheric’ or ‘spiritual’ laws that do not necessarily apply to physical laws, or what many spacefaring cultures refer to as ‘Divine Geometrics’ or the ‘laws of spirit’ at work behind the ‘laws of physics’. So it is difficult to find where the electromagnetic realm ends and the etheric realm begins.

For me difficult to understand that she was selected to takeover/control of the ECB? Also notice the aggressive way in which the former East Block countries are treated in the EU. These people still do remember what did happen when part of the Warsaw pact. The EU is kidnaped by the WEF and the countries who do no like the current overreach face financial intimidation. Shameless! Putin like.

Alien intervention or hoax?

Reading the website from Dr, Michael Salla which contains to my believes some important information in respect of the Multi-transnational banks ( Cabal) and shared on FB as offered. Did not for the facebook fact checkers to respond. To me is they do another reason to have a closer look and also add to the website review. Everybody is well aware of the present of Aliens, interference with reporting and whistleblowers in diverse media, authorities, and including murder.

But first, it are the Big companies owned/controlled by the big banks who brought us Toxins, food and climate changes. Also the same companies/organizations now pushing the climate change agenda and above al the introduction of a carbon tax world wide.

They are also the same who have been active in preventing the new technologies like free energy and also mentioned in that article. The same people organizations behind the different free trade agreements after which they ware possible to transfer the industries in Europe/US to developing countries and bypassing the environmental controls/applications.

The carbon footprint another scam. Simple because Carbon dioxide is a raw material plants do need to grow/produce and the higher its concentration in the earth atmosphere the higher the produce yield. The current traces left in our air to low to sustain the current population and know it. Reducing it will lead to an increase in famine and no need too.

It does not change the climate and we know it just by looking at the carbon dioxide content in the earth over a long time. Currently about 0.04% or nearly nothing.

The cabal who now owns and controls all fossil fuel resources on earth is in need of a replacement due to the final introduction of free energy. To try and target (Oxygen using people/animal) for taxing and never ending, suitable as new source of income and globaly implementation. However it is a natural by-product of plant growth(basis) Plants use CO2 and water to produce food and other materials and release oxygen we and animal use and reduced to CO2 again.

Using their control/ownership of the big media to sell and push it. Silencing any one including experts. Cheap energy is key to producing for the world market and electricity produced by coal cost let that 40% of oil/gas and 15% of alternative type. Unless we manage to break the censorship in the media we are lost. Applied to other endeavors like the so-called electric cars.

Manipulating the different populations in the West and not sincerely. Most of all the CO2 produced is of Chinese origin and from any limitations/cost during the negotiations. Another one and busy to increase capacity is India.

from Exopolitics Website

It was with some interest that I did read an article about the more recent trip to Antarctica.

We know from public tweets that,

Claus Schwab, Founder and Executive Chairman of the World Economic Forum, and Christine Lagarde, President of the European Central Bank attended a secret Antarctica meeting.

Also two others present were Brad Garlinghouse and David Schwartz, respectively the President and Chief Technical Officer of Ripple Labs, a computer software company specializing in online payment systems.

Before continuing with the copy of the article first back to Antarctica/history. Antarctica was once home of an very advanced space traveling civilization and their are large underground complexes. The Germans did discover some of them and used it for shelter during WW2, the creation of a so-called master race, armaments and disk technology.

It was a coming and going of many submarines and at the end of WW2 more than 20000+ people living their including Hitler. The last 1 and a halve year he had been in Germany at all nor committed suicide as such. Left in March 1945 for Aldebaran using a Vril 9 or also Odin called disk using a wormhole. In 1947 the US navy send a airplane carrier and other vessels to capture it but were beaten.

Jupiter Accords were first negotiated between 14 spacefaring nations led by the US, with representatives of the Galactic Community. Has to do with the presence of the wormhole above Antarctica and already used by Hitler to leave planet earth. A transport hub/portal and enable the user to enter in another galaxies.

The Global Elites summoned there met with a delegation of leaders from different extraterrestrial organizations and the Earth Alliance that participated in the Jupiter Accords signed in July 2021.

Interestingly, the cabal was not allowed to travel to the headquarters of the Ashtar Galactic Command where the Jupiter Accords were first negotiated between 14 spacefaring nations led by the US, with representatives of the Galactic Community.

This is a big indicator of how the situation in our solar system has dramatically changed with the expulsion of the Ciakahrr (Draconian) Empire and Orion (Gray) Collective forces, and Earth’s cabal being isolated from their former patrons.

In addition to the transport hub being between planets including Ceres, our Moon, space debris there are also located and build the space ships travelling between the stars. A second construction/hub is located on the Moon and another one under construction in Australia.

Christine Lagarde

On 5 July 2011, she was elected to replace Dominique Strauss-Kahn as managing director of the IMF for a five-year term.^[4]^[5]^[6] Her appointment was the 11th consecutive appointment of a European to head the IMF.^[7] She was selected by consensus for a second five-year term, starting 5 July 2016, being the only candidate nominated for the post.^[8] In December 2016, a French court convicted her of negligence relating to her role in the Bernard Tapie arbitration,^[9] but did not impose a penalty. Lagarde resigned from the IMF following her nomination as president of the ECB.

In 2019 and again in 2020, Forbes ranked her number two on its World’s 100 Most Powerful Women list.^[10]^[11]

After Christine Lagarde, President of the European Central Bank and Claus Schwab, Founder and Executive Chairman of the World Economic Forum I can only notice a further speeding up of the planed economic destruction of the world. The Bankers ( Cabal) played their trump cart being the start of a new war and their specialty the so-called Banker war, and Christine started to push for the rapid implementation of the digital currency by the ECB.

To avoid any misunderstanding copy the article here in full. As result of all the lying/denial. Result of deliberate muddling of the information and many people trying to warn got killed.

Tenor of the article is that we can expect soon the going public of the players in this field. Who demand:

Prior to leaving for the new world, however, they have to first help the transition of the global financial
system, and to undo much of the black magic that has been cast to keep humanity and the Earth itself in bondage.

Because it is not only about material possessions. But it is also about rituals they have performed to lock this planet and the human race of Terra into very dark rituals.

These need to be uncast and they have, only them, the key to uncast these dark circles traced around every each society, human beings.

We are meeting them to allow them to uncast these dark rituals to set free the minds and the protection they set on the monetary institutions they created.

A dark ancient institution. Those of the name, the number 33. Those of the lower numbers, the reverse triangles, and all those who worshipped the soul harvester. Those who worked to separate the soul from the human beings and bodies are about to leave this planet. Negotiated deals, you must not believe that we agree to their acts.

We (are) displeased (at) all that they’ve done.

We have been waiting and working at the same time with the Galactic Federation of Nataru and Zenatae Alliance to free this planet. We in our outposts in the higher mountains of your world have prepared a purging the dark.
This process started 200 of your years ago and now it is touching the last stage.
Darkness is unleashed. It is because the humans of Terra need to see it and fight it. The rulership of the dark on this planet is over. Those who worked for millenniums at separating soul from the human of Terrans bodies will go.
No more soul harvesting…
There is much to unpack in this first part of Oona’s message.
She describes the elites arriving in Antarctica to bargain their freedom. This is because they still hold the
means to destroy or wreak havoc over much of the Earth.

“dark ancient institution. Those of the name, the number 33”.

This almost certainly refers to Scottish Rite Freemasonry, which uses 33 levels of initiation.
While most Freemasons perform genuine philanthropic works as they ascend the different degrees of their order, their top leaders at the 32 and 33 degree levels have long been suspected to worship Lucifer and to practice black magic.

They will not be taken straight away because they will need to uncast the rituals, rearrange all the bases of their society to avoid a collapse that will be chaotic.

We do not wish for the humans of Terra, a monetary collapse. We wish a soft transition because chaos you have had enough.

They are commanded to recalibrate the monetary systems to the new system the Earth Alliance is bringing. Quantum abstract, no more metal, no more paper, at least for a while for a transition…

You are tired so I will say my last words.

Soon events will speed up on your planet. It will be a terrible storm but the more you will be able to wake up the faster this storm will pass.

A lot will lose their lives by choice in the vaccination, but this was ruled out by the dark ones. Free will was the trap, now it is stopping soon you will see it.

Antarctica is the meeting of the old world with the people from other star systems to give the keys to the Earth Alliance and the Federation and leave.

Oona described the composition of the extraterrestrial delegation that met the Global Elite at Antarctica as being drawn from the, Galactic Federation

Ashtar Command

Council of Five

Intergalactic Confederation

the Earth Alliance…

Regarding the new monetary system that has been prepared, Oona referred to a Quantum abstract rather than paper or metals.

This appears to be a reference to the Quantum Financial System (QFS) described in Part 1 above, which is linked to a quantum supercomputer that will operate through Elon Musk’s Starlink and US Space Command, in a highly complex and integrated global financial system.

The QFS appears to have been developed with extraterrestrial assistance as the following explanation implies: The Quantum Financial System (QFS) is a megalithic financial structure that has been given to Mankind by the Heavens.

I call it a megalith because it stands alone as the most advanced Financial System that anyone could imagine. This technology has no peer on the earth at the present time. It is a magnificent system, designed to take on the magnitude of accounting needed to balance every financial transaction in the world in real-time.

The QFS is housed in the MEGA Quantum Consciousness (QC) often called a computer. This Quantum Conscious(ness) is Divine Consciousness that is being made available for us to use in this Third Dimension.

The tools it brings are necessary for us to usher in the Golden Age of Mankind.

Thor Han pointed out that the implications for multiple industries will be enormous starting with the energy sector.

Indeed, abandoning fossil fuels is the key to unleashing a multitude of alternative energy technologies that have been suppressed since the early 1900s.

Similarly, many other suppressed technologies such as electromagnetic and holographic healing modalities will be also released, thereby replacing the soon to be discredited pharmaceutical industry, as a result of, national populations rebelling against mandatory vaccine policies and big pharma support for these…

It’s worth keeping in mind that there are currently over 5900 patents that are suppressed in the US alone due to national security orders imposed by the intelligence community.

The bulk of these suppressed patents involve,

alternative energy

healing technologies

When in January 2017, President Donald Trump issued a Top Secret Memorandum for the release of 1000 of these patents over the next two years, he was ignored by the intelligence community, and his administration subsequently targeted.

by Alex Newman13 June 2014from TheNewAmerican Website

Photo of IMF Managing Director Christine Lagarde speaking at the Conference on Inclusive Capitalism May 27AP Images Under the guise of re-defining and improving what they inaccurately called “capitalism,” top insiders representing institutions that control some $30 trillion in assets met at a Rothschild-sponsored ” Inclusive Capitalism” summit in London to push what sounded suspiciously like global tyranny. From the IMF boss Christine Lagarde quoting Karl Marx to crony capitalist CEOs and central bankers pushing radical notions of “sustainability” the globalist bigwigs consistently blamed what little remains of the free market for the horrific failures of socialism, central banking, and Big Government. Ironically, many of the attendees enriched by fleecing taxpayers via government were tripping over themselves to advocate more wealth redistribution and taxes. The conference, held in late May, was convened by Lady Lynn Forester de Rothschild, who married into the infamous, unimaginably wealthy Rothschild banking dynasty that extracted much of its obscene fortune from humanity using the coercive power of government. Attendees and speakers included,Prince Charles International Monetary Fund (IMF) chief Christine Lagarde (shown above)former U.S. President Bill Clinton Bank of England boss Mark Carneyformer U.S. Treasury Secretary Larry Summers,…and more. Also in attendance: pension-fund bosses, Big Business CEOs, and other top figures representing an estimated one third of the world’s investable wealth. Among the “supporting organizations” for the summit were the CIA-linked Ford Foundation and the globalist Rockefeller Foundation:

History going to repeat itself:
A: No, not this particular group. Q: (T) Am I correct in assuming that some of these hot-shot, big-wig guys in the government/monopolist who have plans for taking over the whole world and making
everything all happy and hunky-dory with them in charge, are just simply not in synch with the fact that there are some definite earth changes on the agenda? Are they missing something here? A: Close.
They are aware but in denial. Q: (T) Are these earth changes going to occur prior to the arrival of the cometary cluster? A: No. But “time” frame is, as of yet, undetermined.
Q: (T) Am I correct in saying that if they knew what was really going to happen that they would still continue with their stupid little plans to make money and try to control the world? A: Yes. Greed is a sickness.
Links humanityandearth.com:
Banning Early Treatment Was a Crime Against Humanity?
Messing with vaccinations?
Big Data, Transhumanism & Why the Singularity May Be Faked.
Skull and Bones Society & Thule society!
UFO & CIA
By Ron Hubbard, Founder.
Messing with our food?
Power & greed, pushing for the economic collapse or great reset.
Forcing the New Dystopian future.
History of the human build UFO’s
Humanity being sold like cattle, agenda 21 UN.
EU Central bank, pushing for Digital currency.
Fake Meat & Junk Food
Pushing for a nuclear war?

Humanity

The invisible digital prison comes true.

By Jan Kleinen on Tuesday, December 6, 2022

In addition and more recent.

The Rise of the Biomedical Security State | RealClearPolicy
The New Abnormal: The Rise of the Biomedical Security State

Analysis by Dr. Joseph Mercola Fact Checked

February 05, 2023

Big Data, Transhumanism and Why the Singularity May Be Faked

https://articles.mercola.com/themes/blogs/mercola/VideoPanel.aspx?PostID=1293539&v=20230205&CacheVideo=1

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

In his book, “The New Abnormal: The Rise of the Biomedical Security State,” Dr. Aaron Kheriaty details how the COVID pandemic paved the way for the implementation of a totalitarian one world government, where human rights and freedoms will no longer exist
September 30, 2022, California Gov. Gavin Newsom signed California Assembly Bill 2098, which was set to take effect January 1, 2023. It prohibits doctors from providing COVID-19 treatment or advice that includes false information, and/or contradicts “contemporary scientific consensus,” and/or is “contrary to the standard of care.” A doctor found to violate this law is guilty of “unprofessional conduct” and can face disciplinary action, including having his or her medical license revoked
Together with four other California-based doctors — Tracy Hoeg, Ram Duriseti, Pete Mazolewski and Azadeh Khatibi — Kheriaty filed a lawsuit against Newsom and other officials, including the president and members of the Medical Board of California, to block this law
Another lawsuit, filed by Children’s Health Defense (CHD), Dr. LeTrinh Hoang and Physicians for Informed Consent, is also seeking to get AB 2098 tossed out. December 7, 2022, attorneys for the CHD filed a motion for preliminary injunction while its legal challenge makes its way through the courts. January 26, 2023, Senior U.S. District Judge William Shubb granted the CHD’s preliminary injunction
Kheriaty is also a plaintiff in the Missouri v. Biden case, filed by the attorneys general of Missouri and Louisiana, in which they argue that the Biden administration is colluding with Big Tech to illegally censor Americans. Dr. Jay Bhattacharya and Martin Kulldorff, Ph.D., — two authors of the Great Barrington Declaration, an early critique of lockdowns and school closures — have also joined the case

In the video above, I interview Dr. Aaron Kheriaty, author of “The New Abnormal: The Rise of the Biomedical Security State.” Kheriaty is a medical doctor and psychiatrist and worked as a professor in the School of Medicine at the University of California Irvine for 15 years before getting fired for his objections to mandatory COVID shots.

He also directs the Bioethics and American Democracy Program at the Ethics and Public Policy Center and is a senior scholar and fellow of the Brownstone Institute.

“As ethics program director and ethics community chair, I was involved in basically all of the pandemic policy drafting, right up until the vaccine mandate,” Kheriaty says.

“Our committee at the Office of the President had done the ventilator triage policy, the vaccine allocation policy. But when it came to the vaccine mandate, it came down from on high and there was no discussion debate. Our committee was not involved in drafting the policy.

I was very concerned about the lack of open discussion and debate. Because of all the sensitive policies that we had developed during the pandemic, this one I thought was going to be the most ethically controversial, problematic and the most publicly fraught.

So, I was puzzled by the fact that we didn’t really have a conversation about it. I published a piece in The Wall Street Journal last year, arguing that vaccine mandates are unethical based on the principle of informed consent, which I teach to all the medical students every year.

This is the principle that an adult of sound mind has the right to decide: what medications or interventions to accept or decline, and they have the right to make this decision on behalf of their children who are not yet old enough to give consent.

I was very concerned that vaccine mandates were just tossing this principle overboard under the guise of, ‘We’re in emergency and so the regular rules don’t apply.’ I think it’s precisely in wartime and crises that it’s all the more important to stand fast and hold onto our ethical principles, because those are the times where we’re most tempted to abandon them. And when you do that, you can often invite disaster.”

Doctors Were Bullied Into Not Writing Medical Exemptions

Despite a number of efforts, the university refused to engage in a debate, and instead put the mandatory COVID jab policy in place. As students started to be steamrolled, many reached out to him for help. They’d day things like, “I’m not a religious person, and so, in good conscience, I don’t want to submit a dishonest religious exemption, but I have other moral or ethical concerns about this vaccine.”

Others were unable to get an appropriate medical exemption. The reason they couldn’t get one was because the California Medical Board sent a letter threatening to revoke the medical license of any physician who wrote “inappropriate exemptions.” They, of course, never defined what was appropriate or inappropriate, but it had the intended effect. Doctors were incredibly hesitant to write medical exemptions at all, for fear of the repercussions.

“I remember one patient of mine, a young man who went to his rheumatologist and this doctor told him, ‘Given your autoimmune condition, given what I’ve seen of the vaccine data so far, I recommend that you don’t get the vaccine because I think you’re young and otherwise healthy. You’re not at high risk of COVID, but the vaccine could exacerbate your autoimmune condition.’

The patient then turned to him and said, ‘OK, can you write me a medical exemption because there’s a mandate at my place of employment?’ The same doctor that just recommended against the vaccine said, ‘No, I’m sorry, I can’t do that because I might lose my medical license.’ So this was the, in my view, intolerable situation that we found ourselves in 2021.

I just couldn’t imagine trying to teach the principle of informed consent, which I do in the second lecture, or talking with them about integrity and moral courage, standing up and doing the right thing even though you’re at the bottom of the hospital hierarchy as a medical student.

I couldn’t imagine having those conversations if I had seen something being rolled out that I knew was wrong, that I knew was harming people. I could see my colleagues, nurses and other very good professionals in the hospital getting fired, having their jobs threatened by this [mandate]. If I hadn’t stood up and done something, I just don’t think I would have woken up with a clear conscience.”

Kheriaty Fired After Legal Challenge

Kheriaty ended up filing a lawsuit in federal court, challenging the vaccine mandate. He argued on behalf of people with natural immunity because, strategically, he thought that was an argument that stood on solid ground legally. The university responded by first placing him on investigatory leave, followed by unpaid suspension. Two months after the lawsuit was filed, they fired him. Kheriaty ended up opening a private practice, and so far has fared well.

“I have been able to provide for my family and get, almost, back to the point where I was before in terms of earnings. But it’s much more hand to mouth now. I don’t know how things are going to look year to year. I’m not a salaried employee anymore, but I’ve been able to cobble together various sources of support, including the book I wrote …

I’ve been able to replicate my clinical work. I’m able to see my patients in my private practice. I’m able to do my research, writing and speaking. The Ethics and Public Policy Center in D.C., the Brownstone Institute and the Zephyr Institute have offered me a bit of support to keep that work going.

The one thing I haven’t really been able to replicate, at least not in the same way, is the teaching and supervision of medical students and residents, which I really enjoyed … That was hard to walk away from, but when I mention that, other people have told me, ‘Yes, but you’re teaching now, you’re just teaching on a different and maybe even on a bigger scale,’ because my case got quite a bit of attention.

My social media profile expanded and I’ve been given lots of opportunities this year to speak on podcasts to larger audiences, to speak at conferences, and I’ve met some extraordinary people in the medical freedom movement. So I have new colleagues and new friends that are really remarkable and amazing people that I feel a strong connection and solidarity with, because we’re all trying to pull the cart in the same direction.

We’re all concerned about what’s happened to science and medicine during the pandemic — or I should say what’s happened over the last several decades that really fully manifested during the pandemic.

So, it’s been exciting to be a part of that, to be able to testify at the U.S. Senate, at the California Senate, to get involved in some other legal cases that have to do with physicians’ free speech rights and preserving the integrity of the doctor-patient relationship, so that outside governmental intrusions don’t undermine it.

The work I’ve done this year has been really tremendously rewarding, and I’m grateful for that, so I have no regrets. And even without all those things, there’s nothing better than waking up with a clear conscience, knowing that I tried to do the right thing and that I didn’t compromise my convictions out of convenience.”

Download this Article Before it Disappears

Download PDF

Preserving the Freedom of Speech for Physicians

One of the legal cases Kheriaty has gotten involved with is trying to block a new California law from taking effect. September 30, 2022, California Gov. Gavin Newsom signed California Assembly Bill 2098, which was set to take effect January 1, 2023.

AB 2098 prohibits doctors from providing COVID-19 treatment or advice to a patient when that treatment or advice includes false information, and/or contradicts “contemporary scientific consensus,” and/or is “contrary to the standard of care.”

A doctor found to violate this law is guilty of “unprofessional conduct” and can face disciplinary action, including having his or her medical license revoked. As noted by Kheriaty:

“This, to my mind, obviously undermines the core element that has to be the centerpiece of medicine, which the trust that the patient has in their physician …

I don’t know of anyone who would want to ask their physician a question … and not have their physician give them an honest answer based on his or her actual medical judgment and reading of the scientific literature. A physician with a gag order is not a physician that you can trust.”

So, together with four other California-based doctors — Tracy Hoeg, Ram Duriseti, Pete Mazolewski and Azadeh Khatibi — Kheriaty filed a lawsuit against Newsom and other officials, including the president and members of the Medical Board of California, to block this law.¹

“I think everyone wants their physician to be able to say what they think … and not just be reading from a script that the government gave them,” Kheriaty says.

“So, this lawsuit challenges this unjust law in federal court, again on the basis of a constitutional claim that this, No. 1, infringes on the rights of free speech of the physician and, No. 2, is also a violation of the 14th Amendment Equal Protection Rights of Physicians …

We have a constitutional right that’s been established by the court’s interpretation of the 14th Amendment to have laws that are sufficiently clear that a person can know whether or not they’re in violation of the law, so that you don’t have this looming thing in the background that you’re always wondering, ‘Am I OK or am I not OK?’ So, I’m cautiously optimistic that we will prevail in court.”

Federal Judge Grants Preliminary Injunction

Another lawsuit, filed by Children’s Health Defense (CHD), Dr. LeTrinh Hoang and Physicians for Informed Consent, is also seeking to get the law tossed out. December 7, 2022, attorneys for the CHD filed a motion for preliminary injunction while its legal challenge makes its way through the courts.²

January 26, 2023, Senior U.S. District Judge William Shubb granted the CHD’s preliminary injunction.^3,⁴ According to Shubb, the defendants had failed to provide evidence that “scientific consensus” has any “established technical meaning,” and that the law provides “no clarity” on the meaning of the word “misinformation.” As noted by Shubb:⁵

“Who determines whether a consensus exists to begin with? If a consensus does exist, among whom must the consensus exist (for example practicing physicians, or professional organizations, or medical researchers, or public health officials, or perhaps a combination)?

In which geographic area must the consensus exist (California, or the United States, or the world)? What level of agreement constitutes a consensus (perhaps a plurality, or a majority, or a supermajority)? How recently in time must the consensus have been established to be considered ‘contemporary’?

And what source or sources should physicians consult to determine what the consensus is at any given time (perhaps peer-reviewed scientific articles, or clinical guidelines from professional organizations, or public health recommendations)?

The statute provides no means of understanding to what ‘scientific consensus’ refers … Because the term ‘scientific consensus’ is so ill-defined, physician plaintiffs are unable to determine if their intended conduct contradicts the scientific consensus, and accordingly ‘what is prohibited by the law’ …

Vague statutes are particularly objectionable when they ‘involve sensitive areas of First Amendment freedoms’ because ‘they operate to inhibit the exercise of those freedoms.'”

As reported by the CHD:⁶

“Judge Shubb’s ruling prevents enforcement of AB 2098 pending resolution of the lawsuit. According to lead counsel Rick Jaffe, ‘Judge Shubb looked at the law and correctly determined that the COVID misinformation was unconstitutionally vague, in large part because the plaintiffs in both cases showed there is no ‘current scientific consensus,’ given the fast-changing pace of the pandemic.’

‘The case will now proceed on two tracks,’ Jaffe said, adding: ‘The parties will continue to litigate the case before Judge Shubb and we will be filing a motion for summary judgment in the not-too-distant future.

But because we won, and because a judge in the Central District of California denied a similar challenge to AB 2098, the attorney general will certainly appeal and argue that the central district judge was right. So, there is much more to come.'”

Kheriaty Is Also Suing the White House

Kheriaty is also a plaintiff in the Missouri v. Biden case, filed by the attorneys general of Missouri and Louisiana, in which they argue that the Biden administration is colluding with Big Tech to illegally censor Americans. Dr. Jay Bhattacharya and Martin Kulldorff, Ph.D., — two authors of the Great Barrington Declaration, an early critique of lockdowns and school closures — have also joined the case.

“There’s been a lot of attention in recent weeks on the Twitter files, where we’re looking under the hood at that social media company and seeing, for example, a relationship with the FBI, where the FBI is basically telling Twitter what to do and what to censor and which accounts to shut down,” Kheriaty says.

“Arguably, the social media companies can do this as private entities … but inarguably, no one doubts that the federal government cannot censor Americans. That’s a clear free speech First Amendment violation. And the federal government cannot … pressure other entities into doing its bidding as a long arm of its censorship regime.

We’re hoping, first of all, to uncover exactly what’s going on with this collusion, and the materials that we have so far in discovery in this case have clearly shown that not only is this happening, but it’s happening on a vaster scale than we suspected when we first filed the lawsuit. At least 17 different federal agencies have been involved in this censorship regime.

So I think that case is going to receive increasing attention in the new year as it proceeds and as more and more information comes out from other investigative reporters on what’s been going on …”

During his deposition for this case, Dr. Anthony Fauci, former director of the National Institutes of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, had what Kheriaty calls “wildly implausible memory lapses.” He said “I don’t know” 174 times. “If he were to be honest … he’s probably worried that it would implicate him in ways that are problematic,” Kheriaty says.

Propaganda in the COVID Era

I’ve previously interviewed psychologist Mattias Desmet about the role of mass formation in the government’s ability to infringe on our human rights and freedoms. Kheriaty agrees that the mass formation mechanism has been part of the problem, but it’s not the only one.

“I don’t think mass formation is the only mechanism at work in terms of accounting for our COVID response. In addition to that theory, which I mentioned in my book, I take a look at the more deliberate employment and deployment of fear through propaganda.

And, through other subtle and not so subtle mechanisms of coercion that were operating during the pandemic — [I look at] financial incentives and power dynamics that also help to account for what happened to us and why so many people went along with it.

The control of the flow of information has been extremely important during the pandemic. I think without the government’s partnering with private entities in these vast censorship enterprises, we would not have adopted policies like lockdowns and school closures. We would’ve had much more pushback against policies like vaccine mandates than we saw.

When you lock people down at home and so they’re isolated behind screens, forced to interact with one another only through this medium, they can’t have quiet face-to-face conversations at the watercooler, then you control the flow of information that they’re getting through the control of social media, the control of mainstream media.

And then [when] you deploy very sophisticated high-level propaganda techniques — wartime propaganda techniques — and you deliberately deploy fear as a mechanism of control, then you create conditions where people go along with manifestly unjust policies, and not only are not troubled by that, but actually believe that they’re doing good.

These things are framed as duties of a good citizen. And people who challenge these policies are immediately branded with, ‘You only care about money. You don’t care about not killing grandma,’ this sort of thing.

This desire to be a good person, this desire to be seen as among the virtuous because I’ve done what I’m told to do and I’ve done what it looks like everyone else is wanting to do or being told to do, this is a very powerful tonic that has proven to be very effective over the last three years.”

Why We Must Understand the Big Picture

October 23, 2022, Gates, Johns Hopkins and the World Health Organization cohosted yet another tabletop exercise dubbed “Catastrophic Contagion,” involving a novel pathogen called “severe epidemic enterovirus respiratory syndrome 2025” (SEERS-25), which primarily affects children and teens.

When asked if he believes COVID-19 was a kind of fine-tuning of a process the globalist cabal intends to deploy in the future during another pandemic, he replies:

“Monkeypox never took hold as the next crisis but, yes, I think we’ve adopted a new model of governance and this is what I argue in “The New Abnormal” — that even though a lot of these individual policies have been rolled back, some of the problematic policies that we’ve mentioned, the whole infrastructure for lockdowns, for digital surveillance through vaccine passport-type technology and through digital track and trace technology, this infrastructure has been put in place.

It’s still in place and it’s just waiting for the next declared public health crisis. This new model of governance involves unprecedented level of control over people’s lives, their movements, their speech, their freedom of association, and it requires that we jump from one declared crisis to the next to keep this state of emergency going, so that certain people can maintain power … and continue to advance their aims.

In Chapter 3 of the book, I talk about what some of the next steps are in the rollout of what I call a biosecurity or biomedical security paradigm — things like digital IDs tied to biometric data like your iris scan, your face ID, your fingerprint; eventually, data from wearables or implantable devices on your vital signs and your moment-to-moment health status or emotional status.

Central bank digital currencies (CBDCs) will be the financial arm of that monitoring, surveilling and controlling apparatus, so there’s going to be another declared public health crisis. You see an attempt to reframe other issues from racism to climate change as public health issues.

People in positions of power have floated serious proposals to do rolling lockdowns to deal with the climate crisis, for example, or the energy crisis in Europe, so we’re going to see something.

Whether it’s a computer virus or an enterovirus, a gastrointestinal bug that disproportionately impacts children — because children were largely spared from COVID and not enough parents vaccinated their children in the eyes of the biosecurity paradigm elites — I don’t know.

I don’t know exactly what issue is going to be the one that takes hold, but there will be another declared public health crisis, sometime in the next two to three years, with attempts not only to revive COVID era policies and mechanisms of control, but to advance additional pieces in that regime. Of that, I have absolutely no doubt.

One of the reasons I wrote the book … [was] to look toward the future and to ask, ‘OK, how is this apparatus, this biomedical security apparatus going to be deployed down the road, and what are the next steps in that process?’

[I ask this ]so that we can realize that if we don’t start standing up for certain freedoms, if we don’t draw lines and say, ‘These are rights that should never be relinquished, even during an emergency or a declared crisis,’ if we don’t start doing that, and if we’re not aware of what the next steps in this process are going to be and how they’re going to be sold to us, then we’re going to find ourselves caught off guard once again.

In a crisis where there’s fear and uncertainty, we’re not going to be able to think clearly. We’re going to lose our heads again and we’re going to wake up in a year or two or three and wonder, ‘How did we get here?

What happened to us?’ and I don’t want to see that happen again. We’ve already relinquished enough of our freedoms, we’ve already endured the enormous collateral harms of our disastrous pandemic policies, and to my view, we can’t go down that road again in another few years.”

Looking Ahead

In the epilogue of the book, titled “Seattle 2030,” Kheriaty imagines what life might be like seven years from now, if we don’t change course.

“What I do in the first half of the epilogue is try to give the reader a sense of how some of these new technologies and measures are going to be sold to the public, so the first couple of pages of the epilogue don’t seem dystopian …

It’s only once you get about halfway through that you start seeing, ‘OK, there are some flies in the ointment, and there’s people in this society under this regime who are not benefiting, who are excluded by the social credit system and other mechanisms of social and financial control.’

There are certainly health problems that are not being solved by twice-a-year mRNA injections, and probably being exacerbated by this model of treating human beings as though we’re hardware that needs software updates in the form of gene therapies.

Hopefully, by the end of the epilogue, the reader wakes up and recognizes, ‘Oh, my goodness, this is not the kind of society that I want to live in. This is certainly not the kind of society that I want my children or my grandchildren to grow up in.’

I didn’t invent any new technologies to describe in the epilogue … [I say] ‘A few years from now, if certain things that are readily available are adopted on a mass scale and deployed in particular ways, this is what your life is going to look like. Is this the kind of life that you want to lead?’

So, it’s an attempt to bring together the future-oriented gaze of the book and help people really get a firm and concrete grasp of what’s coming down the pike if we don’t stand up and resist.”

Is There a Way to Resist CBDC Implementation?

I believe the implementation of CBDCs will be instrumental in the coming control scheme, because once the globalist cabal has direct access to your money, you become far easier to control. And, the way it’s looking right now, CBDCs are inevitable. The question is, how do we opt out of the system?

“This is a really hard problem and it’s a really important question,” Kheriaty says. “I think we have to learn how to opt out of the system and develop, whether it’s a parallel economy or parallel medical institutions, that truly are independent.

We have to do that right now, and we have to develop those things soon, because if we collectively get into an opt-in situation with digital IDs and CBDCs, then resistance to that system will be almost impossible …

I think we need to start thinking small and local, and to develop strong face-to-face communities of communication, interaction, mutual support and exchange. The currency works because of a communal agreement that when I give you this piece of paper, it’s going to be worth something.

It’s a mutual agreement that we’re going to use this mechanism of exchange, and this mechanism of measuring market value is how currency becomes currency.

So, [as a] collective [we need to say] ‘No, we’re not going to go cashless.’ If as a collective, we say, ‘No, we’re not going to transition all of our assets into a centrally controlled digital currency,’ we’ll halt the process of that becoming the default or the only game in town.

Beyond that, I wish I could tell you what the answer looks like and what these parallel economies are going to look like. I don’t know the answer to that, and part of the reason I don’t know the answer is because that’s not how novel solutions develop. Novel solutions don’t develop from a couple of perceptive or intelligent people figuring it all out.

They require the collective wisdom of a lot of people trying things, some of which don’t work and some of which work. They require people at the local level asking, ‘What are the needs of the population here close to home?’ which may look very different from the needs of a population in a different setting or in a different context.”

Past the Point of No Return, All Freedom Will Be Lost

Kheriaty goes on to explain why getting out of the control system — once CBDCs are fully implemented and society has gone cashless — will be near-impossible:

“CBDCs need to be distinguished from decentralized digital currencies like Bitcoin. The feds are issuing a digital dollar, and if that digital currency is adopted to the point where we’ve gone entirely cashless, then we’re in a situation in which you can be locked out of your ability to engage in financial transactions if you don’t comply or if you don’t behave.

And, as I explain in the book, if you have a digital dollar in your digital wallet, it’s not actually the same as a dollar bill in your real wallet. The reason for that is, let’s say the government gives you $1,000 tax rebate in the form of a digital dollar. They may even sweeten the deal saying, ‘We’ll give you a $1,000 check in your bank account or we will give you $1,200 in the form of a digital dollar,’ right?

‘Oh, OK, I’ll take the digital dollar. That’s a no brainer. It’s more money.’ Well, two to three years from now, once we’ve gone cashless, that digital dollar can be programmed to have conditions attached to it.

In other words, the government can say, ‘Here’s your tax rebate, but you got to spend this $1,200 sometime in the next nine months, and if you don’t, then it’s going to turn into $600. And if you don’t spend it in the next six months after that, it’s going to disappear.’

So what you have in your digital wallet is not actually like cash. Cash doesn’t just disappear. It doesn’t have an expiration date on it. The government can also say, ‘You have to spend it on these favored industries.’

Or, ‘You can’t spend it on these disfavored industries. You can’t give a donation or contribution to support Dr. McCullough’s podcast because he’s a disinformation spreader,’ or, ‘You have to spend it on green energy,’ or whatever.

Once this is tied to a digital ID, the government will be able to track all of your financial transactions using this digital currency. It will be able to nudge you and punish you in the ways that I have described.

If you try to opt out of that system, basically you’re not going to be able to engage in financial transactions, or you’re going to find yourself in some parallel economy that involves bartering chickens or something like that — very primitive kind of economic transactions — because all of the banks and all of society’s mainstream institutions are going to rely on this digital system of productivity and exchange and currency to engage in all transactions.

So, once the system is in place, it’s going to be very hard to resist because an algorithm in the sky or a person can push a button and, look, you can no longer buy gasoline. You can no longer purchase things online unless you get your booster shot or unless you do what the public health authorities are telling you to do.

So it’s a system of near total surveillance and control that would’ve made the totalitarian dictators of the past salivate. Hitler or Stalin could only have dreamed of this level of intrusive surveillance and minute control over the movements and the behavior of the populations that they were governing.”

More Information

I completely agree with Kheriaty’s notion that it is imperative that people understand where we’re headed — that the COVID measures weren’t just responses to a given pandemic, but rather laid the foundation for a totalitarian one world government, where human rights and freedoms will no longer exist.

This is likely the biggest challenge mankind has ever faced as a collective, and it requires strong collective resistance. In order for that resistance to occur, however, people must understand what’s going on. So, to learn more, be sure to pick up a copy of Kheriaty’s book, “The New Abnormal: The Rise of the Biomedical Security State,” and share it with friends and family.

Total and absolute control over humanity, and loss of individualized freedoms, once the cornerstone of the liberal Democraty.

An Invisible Prison Has Been Built Just for You

Analysis by Dr. Joseph Mercola Fact Checked

December 05, 2022

Another Study Confirms Myocarditis Post Jab

https://articles.mercola.com/themes/blogs/mercola/VideoPanel.aspx?PostID=1276955&v=20221206&CacheVideo=1

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

An international vaccine passport, digital identity, a social credit system and a central bank digital currency (CBDC) form a digital control system that will lock down the population in perpetuity
Facial recognition is an essential part of the control structure, as it’s the “password” to your digital identity
By the end of 2022, there will be 1 billion data collecting surveillance cameras in the world, all connected to the internet and artificial intelligence (AI). Cameras and audio recording devices in cell phones, automobiles and smart appliances also collect and share data
All these data are then used to give each person an individual score, based on their behavior, expression and interaction with the world. Ultimately, your social credit score, will dictate what you can and cannot do, what you can buy and where you can go
Artificial intelligence (AI) is an absolutely crucial component, without which the control system cannot work. The easiest way to push against this system is to starve AI of data by refusing to use technologies that collect and share your personal data

In the video above, Maria Zeee with ZeeeMedia interviews computer scientist Aman Jabbi about the coming international vaccine passport, digital identity, the social credit system being built in the West, and central bank digital currency (CBDC).

All these factors are now coming together to control the global population. As noted by Zeee, this digital prison, which is already mostly built, will be the final lockdown of mankind.

Your Digital Identity Will Be Your Digital Prison

In the video, Jabbi goes through a presentation that explains the digital prison that is your digital identity — in other words, how your digital identity ties in with the coming social credit system and will control what you can and cannot do in your everyday life.

As noted by Jabbi, surveillance cameras with facial recognition software have already been erected around the world. They are an essential part of the control structure, and this surveillance will be linked together with digital identity, the social credit score system, carbon footprint tracking, CBDCs and more.

Facial recognition has been sold as a great convenience and security feature. With facial recognition, you don’t need to remember pins or passwords, and since no one has your exact face, it’s supposed to keep your personal accounts more secure.

But, as with most other technologies sold under the guise of convenience and security, facial recognition is ultimately a tool for mass control and an essential part of your individual digital prison. As explained by Jabbi, the Chinese control system is based on facial recognition in combination with a social credit system.

He describes the Chinese social credit system as a feedback system that responds based on your behavior. Unbeknownst to most Westerners, an identical system has already been set in motion behind the scenes in Western countries — they just haven’t told you yet.

Weaponized Surveillance

By the end of 2022, there will be 1 billion data collecting surveillance cameras in the world, all connected to the internet and artificial intelligence (AI). The United States actually has the most surveillance cameras per capita. China is second place and the U.K. in third.

In addition to all of that data collection, cameras and audio recording devices in cell phones, automobiles and smart appliances also collect and share data, even when you’re at home.

All these data are then used to give each person an individual score based on their behavior, expression and interaction with the world. Ultimately, that score — your social credit score — will dictate what you can and cannot do, what you can buy and where you can go.

As noted by Jabbi, there are also additional control mechanisms already built into the hardware being erected. For example, many smart light poles have built-in charging stations for drones, which in the future will be used for law and behavioral enforcement purposes. We will largely be policed by AI and machines.

These smart light poles can also be weaponized. Built-in are LED incapacitators. Sometimes referred to as “puke rays” for their ability to induce severe nausea, LED incapacitators are weapons designed like a flashlight that emit an extremely bright, rapid and well-focused series of “differently-colored random pulses.” According to Jabbi, these lights can also induce brain damage, spinal damage, sickness and likely even death.

LED combined with radar on some smart poles can also be used to identify people carrying guns, and could theoretically be used as a weapon to selectively take out people carrying weapons.

A New Chapter in the ‘Social Contract’

Digital identity has been described by the World Economic Forum (WEF) as a new chapter in the social contract. The problem, as noted by Jabbi, is that the WEF’s new social contract is one that none of us has agreed to. It’s being revised by the WEF and its allies and thrust upon the rest of us, without our consent.

The vast majority of people don’t even know what this new social contract actually entails, or how it will affect their personal day-to-day lives and individual decision-making ability. That, for obvious reasons, has never been fully delineated because, if fully understood by everyone, virtually no one on earth would accept it. After all, few people with normal intelligence relishes having their lives dictated by someone else.

digital identity Source: World Economic Forum

As shown in the graphic above, your digital identity will be required to unlock all aspects of life, from logging onto the Internet to accessing social services, travel, food, shopping and financial services. If your social credit score is too low, one or more of these aspects can be turned off and made unavailable to you. “So, by default, you’re always a prisoner,” Jabbi says.

Your digital identity is confirmed through facial recognition, and is tied to your social score, carbon footprint score and CBDCs. As your social and carbon footprint scores go down, so does your purchasing ability.

As noted by Zeee, the international vaccine passport proposed at the 2022 G20 meeting is, at least right now, THE key to the entire effort to get everyone into the digital ID system. So, preventing the adoption of vaccine passports is a central component of resistance to the digital prison system in its entirety.

Once we accept digital identity, it’s Game Over for humanity. ~ Aman Jabbi

You must also reject the vaccine passport unless you’re willing to be a medical lab rat for the rest of your life. Zeee cites documents stating 500 new vaccines will be ready by 2030 that are targeting most common diseases. It is likely that having an up-to-date vaccination status will be one of the requirements to maintain a valid passport, which will also serve as your digital identity.

In other words, vaccine refusal can be used to nullify or “lock” your digital ID, leaving you unable to do, go or buy anything. The question is, what will those vaccines be? Basically, you’ll have no choice but to comply, even if you believe or know that a vaccine can injure or kill you, as is the case with the COVID jabs.

Zero Trust System

As explained by Jabbi, the new social contract created by the WEF and its allies is a zero-trust system. In a physical prison, prisoners are under a zero-trust policy. In other words, the guards don’t trust the prisoners and there are security measures in place to make sure they behave. The new open-air prison system envisioned by the WEF is based on the same premise.

Everywhere you go, you must prove who you are and that your compliance metrics are in alignment with the prevailing rules. So, to buy food, you have to not only identify yourself so that your purchase can be permanently logged as one of your purchases, but you also have to meet certain compliance standards, or else your CBDC won’t work.

The default in this system is denial, so everything you want to do — absolutely everything — must be unlocked by your digital ID. As noted by Jabbi, “Once we accept digital identity, it’s Game Over for humanity.”

Geofencing and Smart Cities Form the Walls of Your Prison

To enforce your conditional access to life, geofencing will be used. Smart light poles equipped with LED incapacitators can be used to prevent you from going beyond your designated geofence, but there are also other geofencing mechanisms. For example, your CBDC can be programmed to not work outside your district, and your smart car can be programmed to shut down past a certain perimeter. Jabbi also reviews the inexorable push toward smart cities, which will:

Limit your mobility and eliminate car ownership
Control you through weaponized surveillance
Ration water, electricity and gas consumption
Surveil your speech
Track your actions and whereabouts 24/7

Starve the Beast

Jabbi cites a formula created by the WEF’s philosophical guru Yuval Noah Harrari, to describe technocrats’ ever-growing ability to hack humans: B x C x D = AHH

B stands for biological knowledge, C is computing power, D is data and AHH is the level of ability to hack a human being. As noted by Jabbi, the ability to hack humans is dependent on AI being fed a constant stream of data.

It’s a “beast system” in the sense that AI is the beast, and it needs to be fed. Its food is data, gathered through a vast array of data conduits such as cameras, recording devices, facial recognition, GPS and sensors of all kinds that make up the Internet of Bodies. You can learn more about this in “Manufactured Dystopia — Globalists Won’t Stop Hacking Humans.”

AI is an absolutely crucial component for success of the digital prison. Without it, it cannot work. The answer then, is to starve the beast, and we do this by withholding our data. “No amount of legislation can stop this,” he says, “it has to be done by the people.” In short, we must refuse to use the technologies that gather our data.

We won’t be able to avoid them all. Smart light poles and traffic cameras, for example, cannot be avoided unless you avoid certain areas, which could include your own street. But there are many we can avoid, such as smart watches, fitness trackers, smart thermostats, smart TVs, AI assistants and Ring surveillance cameras just to name a few.

We can also fight, on a local level, to prevent the expansion of facial recognition cameras and 5G, and we can refuse the coming vaccine passport, and the push toward virtual reality. As noted by Jabbi, one way in which people are surreptitiously led into the digital prison is by relying on apps that offer convenience, such as apps that allow you to order food or transportation.

Eventually, they’ll phase out apps on your phone and transfer them to virtual reality googles, so that you have to be in the virtual world in order to use them. It’s important to understand why this is done. It’s to force you deeper into the digital prison system, which includes digital clones and living much of your life in a virtual reality.

China Demonstrates Coming Prison State

At present, China is being rocked by massive protests against the Zero-COVID policy that is used to imprison tens of millions of people in their homes for weeks on end. You’d think an American company like Apple would stand for American values like freedom but, no, it does not. It’s working with the Chinese government to quell dissent.

As reported by Bloomberg¹ November 9, 2022, Apple is limiting its iPhone file-sharing tool, restricting AirDrops from non-contacts to 10 minutes. The wireless file-sharing feature was used to share pictures and videos from the protests, thereby encouraging more people to join.

According to Bloomberg, while the change was only made to phones sold in China, Apple says it plans to roll out the same limitation globally. Why? Are they predicting anti-government protests elsewhere?

According to a Twitter user named Songpinganq,² the video above shows iPhone workers clashing with police over the country’s Zero-COVID policy. In response, the Chinese government is alleged to have remotely switched all of the protesters’ COVID passports to “red,” which prevents them from entering public spaces.

If they try to enter a building, for example — including residential complexes — an alarm will go off and they’ll be detained and escorted to a quarantine camp which, by the way, they have to pay for. That’s how easy it is for the government to eliminate undesirables from society once this kind of control system is in place.

(For the record, I cannot confirm that the featured video is indeed iPhone workers, or that they’re specifically protesting the COVID measures. Regardless, the basic premise remains true, which is that government would be able to control large masses of people remotely, through their digital identity/vaccine passport.)

The video³ below is said to be from a Chinese quarantine camp. A health worker walks through the complex measuring the detainees’ body temperature. The second video⁴ shows the inside of a quarantine cubicle.

The World Is Starting to Catch On

The good news is people around the world are starting to realize what’s happening. As explained by legal philosopher Eva Vlaardingerbroek (video above), the reason there are now mass protests around Europe is because they’re realizing that the COVID vaccine passport system rolled out in Europe is a control system that has no expiration date. They’re realizing it’s meant to be permanent, and that it will be expanded.

In the video below, a young Chinese man describes how the digital ID, CBDCs and the social credit system operates in China. By 2017, they already had the technology to automatically deduct fines from your account for infractions such as jaywalking, and the control network is only getting larger and more sophisticated.

Is this what we want in the West? Is this what you want for your children and your grandchildren? If not, you need to participate in the movement to prevent it, and that starts with making changes in your own life to starve the beast of your personal data and educating your family and friends about this necessity.

https://articles.mercola.com/sites/mercola/special-content/dynamic-ending-advertisement.aspx?cid_medium=email

+ Sources and References

TODAY’S FREE ARTICLES

Bizarro World

by Jesse Smith

There’s a war going on that no one is safe from. It’s a War of Inversion and an all-out assault against humanity. It’s multipronged, relentless, and taking place simultaneously in every sphere of life.

the war of inversion an all out assault against humanity

Its thrust is anti-human, anti-science, anti-nature, anti-truth, anti-freedom, and decidedly anti-Christ. Its methods employ every weapon and technique available including sophisticated forms of propaganda and psyops. Its objective is to crush the human spirit and make it bend the knee to a superclass of elitist, authoritarian overlords who genuinely believe they are better than the rest of us.

The perpetrators have every intention of subjugating the masses to their rule, while trying to convince us it’s for our own good. They are master magicians and sly Svengalis casting spells of doom and gloom upon the world to keep people locked in a state of fear and paranoia.

In 2020, when they said that life would not return to normal, they really did mean it.

Everything they touch has been turned upside down and rendered completely opposite of nature and reality. This Bizarro World war seeks to completely overturn societal norms, laws, customs, and traditions. It revels in substituting evil for good and darkness for light.

The wizards behind the curtain are creating chaos and disorder on an unprecedented scale with the goal of rebuilding a new, global, and totalitarian society from the rubble of destruction. They have mastered war techniques from ancient Chinese general Sun Tzu’s Art of War, which includes sowing division, promoting deception, and attacking while the enemy is weak and most unprepared. Racial strife is one of their most prized tactics, but there are many others.

They Want Control of Everything

Not satisfied with controlling most of the wealth, they seek to own and control everything including all-genetic material, natural resources, the food supply, and even human DNA. Stating the obvious, the War of Inversion goes by other names such as the Great Reset, where the chief warmongers claim you will own nothing and be happy.

Its proponents masquerade as benevolent heads of nations, militaries, central banks, NGOs and think tanks. It’s being planned and executed by some of the wealthiest families, most powerful corporations, and most secretive organizations the world has ever known, along with the bootlicking minions that do their bidding.

It’s also known as the New World Order, which was ridiculed as a conspiracy theory not too long ago but is now out in the open parading its inverted virtues for all the world to see. In reality, all this jockeying for world control is nothing short of international organized crime with the military industrial complex and corrupt police serving as the muscle to keep resistance in check.

This Build Back Better bunch believes it can reshape human biology, nature, economies, and the social order into a new and improved technocratic utopia. They claim to be building a better future for all, but in reality, are installing a new form of feudalism, technofascism or whatever authoritarian system you’d like to call it.

Transhumanism Takes Center Stage

The new “gods” of the Fourth Industrial Revolution (or Fourth Reich depending on how you view it) are attempting to outdo and outlaw any reverence to the Creator of all things. They pretend to love and protect nature, while seeking to override it through technology such as genetic editing and gain of function research. They are aggressively pursuing a complete rewrite of history by merging man with machine, creating food from synthetic (and often toxic) materials, and altering and patenting the genetic codes for every species of life on the planet. Yes, they are that brazen, and their hubris reaches beyond the stratosphere.

One of their most lauded philosophers is a gay, futurist proponent of transhumanism named Yuval Noah Harari, who believes that:

Christ’s resurrection is fake news
the poor will continue to die, but in 50 or 100 years the rich will achieve exemption from death
future surveillance must be “under the skin”
the era of free will is over
the masses are useless, and their lives are meaningless and worthless
the masses don’t stand much of a chance against what’s coming even if organized
“history began when humans invented gods and will end when humans become gods.”

Harari is an advisor to Bond villain caricature and World Economic Forum Chairman Klaus Schwab. You know, the man who has openly stated that the Fourth Industrial Revolution would challenge “ideas about what it means to be human.” Schwab has also boasted that his cadre of young global leaders has penetrated government cabinets in many countries throughout the world. Much has been written lately about these twin terrors, further revealing what the elitists are planning.

However, what often gets lost is that these plans are being carried out in the halls of (local and state) government; corporate board rooms; military strategy sessions; secret meetings; elementary, secondary, and higher education classrooms; and over the airwaves via propaganda vomited from the mouths of CIA puppet “journalists.”

Recent meetings of the World Health Organization, World Economic Forum, World Government Summit, and Bilderberg Group have brought together many of the main conspirators and a host of other toadies eager to change the course of history in their favor. You are in the crosshairs of all of their attacks, as they have declared war on everything once thought of as good, just, and normal.

They completely despise your freedom, individuality, and independence. They loathe law and order and seek to circumvent all governing principles that stand in their way including the U.S. Constitution and Bill of Rights. They want to restrict your speech, movement, thoughts, and even what you eat. They yearn to annihilate your individuality and merge you into a collectivist hive mind much like The Borg from the Star Trek franchise:

Born humanoid, they are almost immediately implanted with bio-chips that link their brains to a collective consciousness via a unique subspace frequency emitted by each drone.

This collective consciousness is experienced by the Borg as “thousands” of voices — they are collectively aware, but not aware of themselves as separate individuals.

The LGBTQ+ Agenda Erodes Stable Societies

They seek to achieve their goals by any means necessary. It doesn’t matter how many innocent people die, how much pain and suffering are inflicted, or how many children’s lives are permanently damaged as a result of their ideologies, policies, and technology.

They promote a disordered view of reality that declares men can have menstrual cycles, become pregnant, and birth children while they pump harmful drugs and perform dangerous, often irreversible surgeries on minors so they can become transgender. They tell women it’s okay to lop off their breasts, remove their vaginas, take testosterone, and surgically create fake penises.

Biden’s USDA has recently announced that transgender-identifying students must be allowed to enter the bathrooms of their choosing or they will be deprived of federal funds used to pay for school lunches. Yes, Biden wants to starve your kids if school administrators don’t comply with the agenda. If you haven’t pulled your child out of these government indoctrination centers known as public schools, now is a great time to do it!

This particularly insidious form of warfare is slowly destroying what it even means to be a male or female and how the two different sexes should relate to one another. With at least 68 (most newly invented) terms describing gender and identity, millions are being groomed to rebel against nature and proudly embrace confusion. If alive today, Karl Marx would be thrilled to see his plans to destroy the traditional nuclear family take shape. If this agenda continues unabated, what happens to humanity fifty years from now?

The Occult Roots of Societal Change

These smug, self-appointed rulers represent all that is evil and vile while presenting themselves as saviors. In truth, they are nothing but wolves in sheep’s clothing and dark clouds without rain. Many of them have aligned themselves with the occult and practiced the satanic “do as thou will shall be the whole of the law” doctrine.

Popularized by Aleister Crowley’s Telema, Anton LaVey’s Church of Satan, and Michael Aquino’s Temple of Set, satanic teaching achieved widespread influence in Hollywood, the music industry, education, the military, and many other sectors. Though there are some variations, this belief system allows practitioners to justify anything they do no matter how repugnant, harmful, and horrifying it may truly be. This is why you are seeing celebrities such as Megan Fox admit to drinking human blood.

former u.s. army lt. col. michael aquino and the satanic temple of set

Former U.S. Army Lt. Col. Michael Aquino and the Satanic Temple of Set

Though they may pretend otherwise, at the core, all of them are narcissists, many are sociopaths, and an increasing number have become psychopaths. However, they’re usually not the ones committing atrocities like mass shootings and bombing innocent civilians “mistaken” for terrorists. They operate in the shadows, remaining clandestine while creating the policies and giving the orders for other foot soldiers to carry out these sadistic acts of violence.

Depopulation-Another Weapon in the Arsenal

They see themselves as men and women of renown, a special, gifted class destined to rule the world and everything in it. Some of them even believe they will colonize Mars, upload their consciences to the cloud, and achieve immortality.

Full of extreme pride and conceit, these tyrants see you and me as nothing more than “hackable animals” here to serve their every need. In fact, if technology continues to progress at the rate they desire, they won’t even need much of our service in the near future. Their ultimate plan is to supplant us with robots, artificial intelligence, and Internet of Things (IoT) smart technology.

If all goes according to plan, these technological breakthroughs will make much of humanity expendable, so they’ve employed all kinds of methods to kill us including DNA altering and experimental gene therapies known as COVID-19 jjabs. They’ve tried to tell us that millions died from COVID-19, but that narrative has been exposed so now they are shifting to new threats like Monkeypox, bird flu, and bioterror attacks.

I believe this pivot is largely to steer people away from the fact that the COVID-19 bioweapon jabs have caused a massive die-off of the human population. As population control is one of the central tenets of the globalist overlords, those duped into taking the jabs have helped them reduce the population to a much more manageable level. After all, there is a monument in Georgia called the “Guidestones” openly declaring the population must be maintained under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature.

georgia guidestones, elbert county georgia

Georgia Guidestones, Elbert County Georgia

For those who aren’t killed off by big pharma, war, toxic chemicals, starvation or other means, the plan is to plunge us into poverty and government dependence.

Creepy Joe Biden and the Federal Reserve are doing their best to oversee the controlled demolition of the economy under the guise of the “Putin price hike” and transition to the so-called green economy.

As a result, gas prices have soared to over $9.00/gal in one California town and inflation is rising so fast that it’s quickly emptying everyone’s wallets.

Very rapidly, the paradigms of life experienced over the last half century plus are shifting from:

Representative governments to technocratic authoritarianism
Governance through public institutions accountable to the people to governance by public/private partnerships accountable to no one
Recognition and enforcement of natural borders to fully open borders
Individual nation states to regional/global governance

Natural biological humans to transhuman or “augmented humans”
Free market economies to digital, surveillance capitalism economies
Freedom of movement to restricted movement through biometric digital IDs, IoT, artificial intelligence, and social credit monitoring
A world populated with over 7 billion people to a desired population of 1-2 billion people
Individual ownership leading to wealth and upward mobility to owning nothing and surviving on the pittance of Universal Basic Income
Bodily autonomy to government ownership as a “patented” corporate asset

Protected free speech to government-approved speech and draconian censorship
Freedom of religion to worship of the state
Robust natural food production and consumption to tightly controlled food production allowing only GMOs, lab grown meat, insects, seaweed, and algae for consumption
Unlimited enjoyment and exploration of the natural world to restrictions on travel and movement relying on digital experiences like the metaverse and a digital twin of the earth

Limited human contact and strong personal relationships to digital relationships through social media, metaverse, etc.
Rule of law to rule by the decrees of technocratic tyrants

This is indeed a lot to digest, and for many it is so unpalatable they simply bury their head in the sand and continue blindly through life, hoping this will all just go away. But this War of Inversion will not cease unless there is continued resistance at every turn. They desire to achieve most of their objectives by 2030, right in line with the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals. This is the reason there was such an acceleration of change beginning with the plandemic in 2020.

The fork-tongued snakes at the top of the global pyramid want you dependent on them for everything. This is why they want control of everything under the guise of saving the planet from climate change, ever-mutating viruses and plagues, and devastating cyber-attacks that threaten critical infrastructure and expose all of your private data.

They trot out crisis after crisis to keep you traumatized and focused on anything but their continued plans of domination. What we’re witnessing is pure engineered chaos at its best.

Their Rule is Not a Foregone Conclusion

They love to pretend they are a united front, but they often disagree on how to implement their schemes. This should encourage us to continue to defy them, as a house divided cannot stand. Through predictive programming and publicly stating their goals, they want to make us think that their rule is inevitable, and that resistance is futile.

However, there are victories occurring every day by ordinary people taking on the big bad machine.

It’s sad but true that much of their power has been achieved by our own dereliction of duty. As abolitionist Wendel Phillips stated in 1852, “Eternal vigilance is the price of liberty.”

In many ways we have failed to protect our children, communities, wealth, health, and peace of mind by giving government bureaucrats and anointed experts too much control, all for the sake of ease and convenience. But it’s time to get back in the trenches and fight this enemy by speaking truth to power, overcoming evil with good, forming our own support systems, and continuing to live our lives without fear and panic.

We all have a part to play in wresting control from those who seek to do us harm. Whether it is through writing, speaking, creating, organizing, planning, inventing, or teaching, all of us have been gifted in some area to contribute to defeating this beast seeking to devour us.

Now is the time to use whatever talents and gifts you have to advance the cause of freedom and truth. Be a light in the midst of all this darkness. If your message is not received by some, keep it moving and don’t waste time and energy arguing with fools.

Pay attention to what’s happening, but don’t let it consume you. Find time to do things you enjoy despite the dire conditions. Connect with God and people who have your best interest in mind.

Remember, nothing is impossible to them that believe! This war can be won by those who are courageous, committed, steadfast, and willing to make sacrifices to see that the enemies of God, humanity, and nature are all exposed and brought to justice.

From the Web

Submit a ReportGot it, thanks!

What You Need to Know About the World Economic Forum’s 2022 Meeting Previous post

Utah Ritualized Sexual Abuse Investigation: The Mormon Church And Child Sexual Abuse Next post

Fauci Paid $453K to Make Primates Transgender

Links humanityandearth.com:

Banning Early Treatment Was a Crime Against Humanity?

Big Data, Transhumanism & Why the Singularity May Be Faked.

Power & greed, pushing for the economic collapse or great reset.

18 Decembrie 2011, 16:48:26

Humanity

Ilat Litum tablets

By Jan Kleinen on Tuesday, November 29, 2022

It is said that a Nazi expedition in 1939 found the ILAT-LITUM plates/tablets in Antarctica.
As we are approaching 2012, it seems that Thule doesn’t mind that this information comes out in the open for those who have ears to hear and eyes to see.
A Thule member sent Wes Penre something they call “Genesis”, but is the German translation of ILAT-LITUM, translated into German by Tibetan monks during Nazi Germany. The German version is then translated into English by someone who was helping Wes, and who is fluent in German.

Let’s take a look to the stories written in these tablets:

Genesis I

ANU’s ship landed on alien shores, far away from the home of the Gods, far away from Aldebaran. He entered foreign banks, and heard noises, saw beings, Reptilians in all colours of the rainbow, strange creatures with smart eyes and strong claw hands.
Versed in the fight they looked full of cunning and virtue towards the Sun, where ANU’s ship shone in the Sky.
The planet was already occupied, there was no place for the Gods, and they discussed for nine moons until the council of the Gods accepted ANU’s plan.
SEPT, the leader of the fire signs, landed on the planet, carrying terrible weapons, fire sticks that could burst rocks and melt metals.
It rained ashes and embers, again for nine moons, neither the Sun nor the shimmering of the Stars could be seen. The blaze was so big that only SEPT could be on the Planet, full of joy the other Gods looked down from ANU’s ship. At the end of this time the Reptoids disappeared, only SEPT knew the way into their hiding places, the caves.
Great was the success of the Gods, but great was their fear for revenge from the Reptoids, and TU’s wisdom ordered the sealing of the entrance to the underworld. so the gods could sleep peacefully.
Now the Gods could land, they spun the disc, (like in spin-the-bottle/rotated) and in the land of the Acacias they built their first home.
Suns and moons passed in line with the heavens, but the fertility of the Gods started to fade.
Again the council met for nine moons, and the Gods made the decision to impregnate the Royal MIRA with TU’s seed to which was added thirty-six Reptoid DNA strands.
Therefore the seal to the underworld was broken and SEPT, the leader of the fire sign, had to climb down and search for a male Reptoid. Only fine fighters could accompany him, and every single one was carrying a fire stick and a silver battle disc.
After seven moons SEPT returned to the light of the upper world, he had lost almost all of his warriors, and those who came back had lost their mind.
SEPT had brought one male Reptoid, it was sleeping (unconscious? Wes’ comment), on every hand and foot it had six claws, a golden wreath around his neck and behind his small ears it had two thick humps.
His seed was taken and from it thirty-six strains were mixed with TU’s seed, to be planted into the royal MIRA. Some time passed, which is recorded on the TABLET, and the royal MIRA gave birth to twins: EA and MAGDI, a beautiful couple with shimmering green eyes and shining golden nails on the feet and the hands. At this time none of the Gods could say where the Reptoid male, whose seed was taken, remained, because he had disappeared without a trace.
But EA and MAGDI grew faster than normal God’s children, they were smarter and stronger, their green shimmering eyes revealed their consanguinity, and their nails could not be cut with metal. After two suns the twins were as big as God’s children would be after eighteen suns, and again the council of the Gods was summoned.
ANU demanded the death of the twins, because they were a threat to the Gods, and the wise council agreed with him.
SEPT should execute the deed, take their lives with a fire stick and melt the body parts with heat, so that absolute nothing would remain.
But TU remained silent – he quickly delivered the message to his Royal MIRA, and together they made the following plan:
– They had to make completely identical clones of EA and MAGDI, for this purpose there was a device, which also created the Lulu, who were digging the mines for gold. MIRA placed these clones in the royal bed-chamber and with an innocent gaze she waited for SEPT. At night the chamber was opened violently and SEPT entered with his warriors – MIRA screamed loud – to keep the appearance, and SEPT performed the deed according to the plan of the council.
The fraud was undetected and no one could see the twinkle in her eyes. The Goddess, with her head hanging, entered the council the next morning, and all the Gods were comforting her in these difficult hours of departure from her offspring.
They promised her a new trial soon, this time performed with a strongly modified strand from the Reptoid. MIRA looked down and did not say a word – the Gods cheered for their success. But TU had a house with three golden “Fireships” which he could control at will. They took EA and MAGDI to one of the ships, and with a lot of supplies, seven golden tablets and a sparkling emerald tablet, they took off high above the heavens over the water to the land beyond, contrary to the land of the Acacians. The place of their choice was soon found and they called it PEN-TA-KIT. The “house” for EA and MAGDI was built under the lake, which they called BAN-TAN. The bold EA got the golden tablets, the beautiful MAGDI could keep the emarald tablet to retain any protection from enemies and for other secret use. Soon however MIRA and TU had to return to the house of the Gods in the land of the Acacians, so they would not raise suspision.
They agreed on the following: For now and all time MAGDI and EA would receive messages from them, not through the waves of the sky, not through the flows of the water in the “fire ship”, but in a secret and totally unsuspected way. They agreed on the “signs” and within 72 hours the twins memorized them. During summer the signs would appear in the high grass or in the wild grain/corn, during winter in the ice of lake BAN-TAN. The twins also knew about their (DNA) strands, that had given them immortality, just like the Gods. Therefore they also agreed on the signs for the return of their God parents, there were several signs and one Final sign.
Also each sign gave detailed information on the instructions of the God parents. So MAGDI and EA where armed for all times.
Light-heartedly MIRA and TU returned to the land of the Acacians.
They could not believe what they saw, in a hurry the other Gods had left the harbor GATA-BEN. Why?
ANU’s ship no longer shone in the sun, the bright sky was covered with blood-red clouds and strange rocks with fiery tail fell to the ground. What happened?
The first house in GATA-BEN was left hastily; the doors were open and were not sealed. Only the LULU harvested the juice of the Acacias as if nothing happened. The leader of the Lulu knew nothing, he could only laugh and said: “ANU’s ship steers the star.
Hastily MIRA and TU returned to NI-BI-RU.
The COUNCIL had already gathered and under ANU’s leadership the Gods were trying to find a way out. MIRA and TU noted that the first time was ripe, so they sent MAGDI and EA the FIRST SIGN in order to warn them and to prepare them for what was coming.
The FIRST SIGN had the following form and would also be a final sign that was sent both in the beginning and in the end:

* First sign image (attached)

Genesis II

The time of change had come. Gloomy shimmer where above the heavens of the gods.
Only ANU could imagine the full scope.
What happened?
NI-BI-RU had left its mandatory course.
What could the Gods do?
Again, they asked the oracle like at the time of the exodus from Aldebaran, again they spun the disc.
But the oracle remained “blind”, there was no “light” sign as usual. Was the connection to the ancestor Gods interrupted?
Now ERA rose, the wise one of the ANU-NAKI, he imparted his staff IR-MIN-SUL the power of thought and spoke truth and wisdom to the Gods.
NI-BI-RU drifted from its original course, this is why KI has to leave his prescribed orbit, for a certain time the NUMBERS of the Gods have to be changed! Those with ears hear and those with eyes to see the divine resolution that ERA with the power of his thoughts and the power his staff announced: MUMMU as 1. Companion APSU stays on its prescribed course at 36 Hunab. LAHAMU’s virginity is not disturbed at 72 Hunab.
But KI’s orbit has to move from 108 Hunab to 96 Hunab, he moves 12 lines/stripes from LAHMU’s face!
12 large returns must take place, before KI takes its old, prescribed course again! Ages will pass, and the stories of the Gods will only be found on “Tablets” but the truth remains and will return!
A giant flood will destroy KI, later the Lulu (humans) will change history at their will, however you shall know the truth and carry it for all future!
It was not the revenge of the Gods, for their interbreeding with the women of the Lulu, that caused the flood, but because NI-BI-RU had left its prescribed path, and none of the Gods could stop it. Read the numbers and become wise! You call it gravitation; the Gods call it “Hall of the golden kettle”.
12 large returns means 12 times the passing of the twelve sings on the horizon (zodiac signs), then the time will be completed and KI will return to its prescribed position!
These were ERA’s words, the council heard it with displeasure, but there was nothing to interpret or change.
Short time after it came as foretold: KI left its orbit and moved 12 lines/bars against the virginity. KI was hit by severe floods, for a short time KI wobbled and lost its consciousness. Life on KI was washed away, the Acacias broken. Only the Lulu in the mines managed to escape! Why?
The entrances to the underworld were opened and Reptoids permitted the Lulu admission. Why?
Weren’t the females of the Lulu beautiful to look at?
Weren’t the Reptoids particular keen on beings of this species?
The NEW RACE was about to be born!
We call them LE-MU-RI-AN, because actually from the connection between the Reptoids and the Lulu the LEMURIANS originated!
The LEMURIANS should become stronger than the Reptoids, because they had the DNA of the Gods and the Reptoids!
They built a world that had never been seen before, and it was their task to not only frighten the Gods when they returned, but to chase them away.
But what happened to EA and MAGDI?
They were well aware of their divine immortality but where worried about their vulnerability- because divine DNA does not mean protection in battle against every enemy.
They built their city PEN-TA-KIT deeper in the earth under the lake BAN-TAN and from their bloodline another 711 Gods’ children where born. They taught the God’s children all sciences, in virtues, and in the art of warfare. They also received the SECOND SIGN from MIRA and TU, it showed them KI’s shift, the planet that from now on we call EARTH. It showed them the start as well as the finish of the shift, and according to ERA’s words this age would last 12 times 12 signs in the firmament, 12 times 12 signs the shining herd UL.ME would pass before Earth could take her hereditary orbit at 108 Hunab.
Through these signs all future calculations and prophecies were possible– it showed them the the true path.
NI-BI-RU’s in his wondrous EIGHT, the two paths, which they call ENLIL’S PATH and EA’S PATH and ANU’s PATH that corresponds the DUB, or as you call it, the eclipse. Thus from the sign it is clearly recognisable, that the star NI-BI-RU doesn’t take 3,600 Earth years to “orbit”, but 3,6 schar, that’s 12,960 Earth years, and so the “orbit” equates half a Precision. The presented events happened in the sign of GU, which you call Aquarius, and its numerical value is 12.
Now you will wonder, what does this number tell us?
Think! In Aquarius the first ANU-NAKI settled on Earth, after they first won the war against the Reptoids, in Aquarius Earth tilted its course, lost hold and spun from 108 Hunab to 96 Hunab.
Now I am talking about an orbit of 3,6 schar, this means that the Gods would return in the sign of Lion!
But didn’t ERA talk about 12 times 12 lines/stripes/bars/strokes?
12 lines means Aquarius again, because the shining herd, which you call Zodiac, has 12 signs. This is also the mystery of the “Crop Circles”; not unwilling ordinary people should decipher the signs, they are solely for EA and MAGDI and their divine offspring, so they are able to correctly interpret the time of return! Because NI-BI-RU orbits 3,6 schar this is 12,960 Earth years, and 3,6 schar away from Aquarius indeed stands Lion! But this crossing does not cross the path of your Earth, it runs through the inner circle, that you call the asteroid belt. We will later address the events that happened at that time in detailed manner! After 3,6 schar the next encounter comes, because NI-BI-RU’s orbit has a drawn-out EIGHT. This EIGHT is turned in its self, indeed the point of crossing lies on one “level” but not at the same point in space! Thus it happens that one time the encounter in Aquarius causes KI’s orbit to shift, but the other time it orbits the asteroid belt without disruption for your planet.
Your children have a game, which is called “spin-the-bottle”, a bottle is spun in a circle, at the point where the bottle stops a pledge is payable.
What pledge will be payable after the return of the ANU-NAKI?
Exactly this picture of “spinning-the-bottle” was what TU and MIRA had in mind, when they send the sign of return to their divine children!
Of course they encrypted it as agreed, they drew the path of the “shining herd” which you call ecliptic as a LINE, well aware that the descendants of the primitive Lulu or even the Reptoid beings were not able to recognize this as a circle! But that was not enough, the NUMBERS were also encrypted, because who would possibly recognize, that the first sacred angel the “crop circles”, the DUB-SCHAH, the number 72, is equivalent to the inclination of the ecliptic of exactly ONE DEGREE!? Who would be able to calculate the time of the start and the time of return, if not the sons of the gods themselves??
Now here the time of return shall be pictured, the Planets have their equivalence exactly like the position inside the “shining herd”, the calculations where sent by MIRA and TU with the goal of awakening the children of the gods and to give them the corresponding assignments. Each of the God’s children will now become aware of their assignment and will contribute their part to initiate the return.
The battle we lost, but still have won, will now be carried out on the level that is marked in the book ILAT-LITUM, “The Highest victory”

3 people like this.

“The end is the beginning of all things, Suppressed and hidden, Awaiting to be released through the rhythm Of pain and pleasure.” – Jiddu Krishnamurti

Siberia

GENESIS III: The War Between Lemuria and the Land of EA.MAGDI

72 moons had past since EA and MAGDI built their house under the lake BAN-TAN, it was big and magnificent, and had room for all 711 God’s Children.
To honour their divine parents they called their land EA.MAGDI.
The first-born son of the twins was called IMMARU-IMTAHA, in your language this would mean “light warrior”. The first-born girl was called ZU-SINNISNARTU, in your language this means, “Wise singer”.
To simplify it, from now on we call the two God’s children IMMA and SINNI.
IMMA trained the godsons in all martial laws, especially the throwing of the silver battle disc and mastering the fire stick. The silver battle discs that were left by TU, had magical powers, not only were they able to find the enemy through the mind power of the thrower, they also had 45 openings to shoot “fire waves”.
The outer 18 openings carried TU’s initials, the CORE of life going upwards in a curved path, which represents both the divine race and the anscension of the gods themselves. 108 battle disc were fabricated, according to the sacred number of HUNAB, the distance between KI (Earth) and APSU (Sun) in ancient holy times.
But SINNI, the wise singer, had the special task in training the children of the gods to understand the signs, that TU and MIRA were sending to Earth within certain intervals.
She herself was in the possession of the emerald tablet that MAGDI received from MIRA but she was not allowed to show it to the other god’s children. Too much of wisdom, deceit and spite/malice, too much of eternal truths and possibilities to see into the future, were recorded on the emerald tablet. It required courage and determination and truly divine will, to accept this tablet, then the next war with Lemuria was recorded on the tablet just as the escape of the god’s children to the planet LAHMU (Mars) and all destiny of the gods and the people till the sky’s last blink of the eye.
Even her own inevitable fate was recorded there, and Sinni had the strength to endure this!
But slowly Time became dark, the Reptoid beings interbred with the escaped Lulu and formed a new race, the Lemurians. Of course they also had heard of the escape of the gods, but they also knew of the land EA.MAGDI and the hideout of the abandoned god’s children. They didn’t know the lake BAN-TAN, but their cunning and determination was great to find this place and to destroy the sons of the gods.
Their leader called himself ETU-MARU, which means “dark son”.
The race of the Lemurians also had divine strands [of DNA] in their blood, because the primitive Lulu were created by the gods from “monkeys” [allegedly Neanderthals, Wes’ comment] and 9 strands of the gods were connected.
At the end the mixing with the Reptoids emphasized their combat skills even more, only the medial talents were extremely low.
ETU-MARU`s lover was SARRATA ( SARRAT IRKALLI ), the “Queen of the underworld”. SARRATA was extremely beautiful and also intelligent and cunning–she could pretend and mislead many.
Therefore ETU-MARU made up a plan: He sent SARRATA up to the “upper world” to spy, she should find the house of the gods and if possible gain their confidence, to gain access to the house of the gods.
Cunning and beautiful as she was she went to the upperworld, where everywhere small settlements of the god’s children had emerged.
Although, EA and MAGDI got warnings from TU and MIRA, that pointed out that the enemies of the gods lived in inner earth, but these warnings had since faded, and few even thought about it. This enabled SARRATA to infiltrate the god’s children, and she even won the heart of a son.
He informed her about lake BAN-TAN and of many many secret things that enabled the Lemurians to start their attack. On the darkest day in the history of the ANU-NAKI the attack of the Lemurians began. SARRATA also found out that on this day the god’s children wanted to celebrate a feast. The date was choosen well and ETU-MARU led the Lemurians into battle. The war could not be shorter, after 7 days the gods had lost 550 of their children and EA and MAGDI decided for the last resort. There would be an escape to planet LAHMU [Mars, Wes’ comment]. The 166-remaining god’s children started to flee under the leadership of EA and MAGDI. With three “silver birds” they left the land EA.MAGDI for good, to find a new home. SINNI sang her most beatiful songs to please the heart of the remaining children. She encouraged them and dried their tears.

The NEW Home

LAHMU (the planet Mars) was like the earth at that time. It had an ample vegetation, deep valleys and gorges and wavy oceans.
The children of the gods had the great luck that there were no aggressive beings like the Lemurians.
Far from it, there were smart birds with whom the children of gods soon made friends.
The birds had caves far above in the cliffy mountains, and because they were so strong and confident at the same time, the children of the gods let them take them high into the air just for fun.
They had gleaming plumage, that shimmered in all colors of the rainbow.
Yes, there was rain and rainbows on LAHMU, and over time this world was loved by the children of gods more than the partically inhospitable Earth.
So they built their first house on LAHMU and called it SHADU.E, which means ,,Mountainhouse” [,,Hillhouse”].
All this had SINNI known, for it was recorded in her emerald-tablet, but could she have spoken the truth?
Even ANU would have been refused to do so, for something horrible would have happened, the course of the heavens would collapse.
SHADU.E was built nobly and received a golden gleaming dome by which in the soft light SINNI sang her songs and instructed the children in the arts of the gods.
IMMA however continued instructing in the martial arts for he would never accept the dishonor of being defeated by the Lemurians!
One day he would lead the gods to their revenge against the Lemurians and wipe them out completely.
SINNI too had to achieve something special, for by their escape from earth the children of the gods had stripped themselves from the chance of reading and interpreting the SIGNS of MIRA and TU.
This was irreversibly necessary, for from where else should they get the hints for their further development?
Thus SINNI created an INU.ZU, a ,,wise Eye”, with which she could observe the forests, the feral fields with corn and the sheets of ice of the northern seas of the planet Earth from her house.
She had to be able to determine the Return of the gods, for it was up to her if the betrayal was punished by MIRA and TU or if ANU could be pleased with a legend.
The FIRST encounter was 6 Signals ago, and SINNI knew that NI-BI-RU had completed half a cycle after 6 Signals and would reach it’s point of intersection of the ,,eternal Eight”.
NI-BI-RU started in the sign of GU (Aquarius) and threw KI (the Earth) from it’s orbit; it would return to the solar system in the sign of UR.GULA (Leo) and cross the system at 228 HUNAB.
That was NOT one of the encounters of which ERA spoke, for ERA meant clearly the encounters with Earth, and those take place every 12 signs!
So the FIRST encounter between NI-BI-RU and KI (the Earth) took place in the year 309,033 B.C. with your time calculation.
The following events should occur 12,960 years later, starting from the year 296,073 B.C.
Thus the complete cycle of NI-BI-RU (because of the years after Christ) is 311,040 earth years, which are 86,4 SCHAR.
For this reason NI-BI-RU has the core number 648 and LAHMU; the new home of the children of the gods has the numerical value 468. 311,040 earth years are 80 great cycles of the Destroyer (Satan).
For 80 multiplied with 3,888 (the true 666) is 311,040.
311,040 Earth years are 90 great creation cycles, for the number 3,456 (serpent bites it’s own tail – symbol for chaos and creation) multiplied with 90 results in 311,040 Earth years.
Here the quotation from the book ILAT-LITUM finds it’s true meaning:
,,Light and shadow are combined.”
Light (number 90) multiplied by shadow (number 80) results in 7,200 or 7,2 Schar, which equals one cycle of NI-BI-RU, so it comes to one (Light-ENLIL’s Way) positive result and one (Shadow-EA’s Way) negative result!
Not for nothing one way Enlil’s and one way EA’s are exactly 3,6 Schar.
When we retrace the happenings we will discover, that 3,6 Schar – in the sign of Leo (10.953 B.C.) – the golden era ended through EA’s way and today 2007 A.D. The golden era begins through ENLIL’S WAY!
However we will return to the to the events at the time:
The Shadow-Way fulfilled the first time and the children of the gods waited wishfully for the beginning of the Light-Way.
SINNI had fufilled great deeds, for her INU.ZU, her ,,wise Eye” could not only see the signs of MIRA and TU from Earth, but could also see far into the heavens and follow NI-BI-RU’s course eternally.
So she could calculate the exact date of the return of the gods.
MIRA and TU had also taken precautions, they let SINNI know by their signs in the corn which plans ANU had.
The great Council decided to help the children on LAHMU, for ERA’s wisdom told the gods, that EA and MAGDI and all following children-generations should belong to the tribes of the gods.
ERA’s wisdom meant, that the gods under the leadership of ANU and with the power of SEPT invade the land of the LEMURIANS and should force them with unimaginable devaststations back into the caves.
So it was recorded in the book ILAT-LITUM, the ,,highest victory”.
The sign for this was transmitted to SINNI as follows:

* Second sign image (attached)

GENESIS IV: The Return Of The Gods

IMMA and SINNI, the children of the gods and leaders of the children on LAHMU had fulfilled great deeds.
Through the wise eye INU.ZU they could follow NI-BI-RU’s course and wait for the prompt return of the gods.
SINNI was lecturing in the mountainhouse SHADU.E about the high signs, and that shall be expressed here word by word, for it is the revelation of the secret of making the signs, or crop circles, which the humans on KI will call them later.
,,Many children will ask themselves, where these high signs come from and how they are made!”
The high signs are messages from our god-parents on our homeworld NI-BI-RU.
So much you know already.
They send us these signs, so we can calculate their return and prepare us!
When signs originate in the corn, the WATER in the halm is informed!
High signs can only originate where specific minerals and iron is available in the ground, of course water has to be there also.
This information is transmitted through ,,waves” – we call these waves NA.LI.TAR – they are waves in the metaphysical spectrum – the humans call them REIKI – Blue Light – VRIL – there are thousand names for it, but only we know it’s purpose!
The NA.LI.TAR-waves are sent through space by MIRA and TU, on Earth they inform the Minos and iron containing water and at a specifically determined time the water presses the halm and the crop into the desired pattern!
The humans will know one day, that water is the medium of the gods – our gods – it is the universal divinity!
You can talk to water, water has a memory for the period of eternity, and water fills the space between the stars in its’ most precious form – as ice! For that reason humans build their temples and churches nearby water! [1]
The humans have some among themselves, whom they call druids; they can communicate with water and understand the meaning of our messages!
But it will not help humans, for these druids will be laughed at and declared insane, for the minds of most humans is clouded by a radiation out of the world of matter – the humans will build antennas and this dangerous radiation will contaminate the planet KI and its’ species and take away their spiritual experience(s).
NA.LI.TAR-waves can produce ice-pictures – the principle is very easy:
The waves inform the (ferreous) water and this will change the temperature at specific points within a short time, these burn- and breakpoints in their wholeness result in a fine ice-picture.
We can see it through our wise eye INU.ZU on the lake BAN-TAN!
Humans aren’t so familiar with ice-pictures as they are with high signs in the crop, but they fulfill the same meaning – our god-parents show us the way and prepare us for their return!
The humans will build a terrible facility which they call H.A.A.R.P., they want to produce NA.LI.TAR-waves themselves and create false pictures!
But it will not work, for they have not the device for it and their sense is directed on the world of form and appearance!
Form and appearance are only the expression of VRIL – some will see, that VRIL and GRAL are the same, for it is only meant for the communication with NI-BI-RU!
VRIL 4,636
GRAL 1,616
Sum 6,252 = 15X120 = 1,800 = ½ SCHAR!!
VRIL is the power, and GRAL is the device to send out the force!
Every 12,960 years our courses cross, and so the NA.LI.TAR-waves rise.
The humans will notice!
They will cut the halms of the crops and analyse it, they will notice a strange short live energy, which they can not measure!
For VRIL remains only very short in the world of form and appearance, for it changes into its’ spirit-form and carries the information on for all eternity!
So it is written in the TABULA SMARAGDINA:
She who was – she who is – she who will be –
,,Steersman of times, the chariotleader,
Lord of the waters, Lord of the Light
From the horizon of EA to the horizon of ANU
He, who leads the way, he, who is.
The star that was born from LAMUS light.
The child that was born out of TU’s semen.
Concepted by the royal MIRA.
Guarded by SEPT, the leader of the firesigns.
He, who receives the words
Who’s way leads to ERA’s secret
Recorded in the tablets of the grassgods
From the beginning of light to beginning.
The TABULA SMARAGDINA turns on the sweeps, the waves of oceans, above the heads of the children of gods, it transmits constantly NA.LI.TAR-waves into the Vigrid-plains, to announce together with the high signs the return of NI-BI-RU.
SINNI had fulfilled something great:
Everywhere on LAHMU she placed the IR-MIN-SUL, and the children of gods were delighted by the water of the light!
On LAHMU there were Ley-points too, where the Minos-Iron-Water sputtered.
12 pillars were placed on LAHMU by SINNI, 12 pillars it were 2 eras later on KI (the Earth).
IMMA had to achieve special work, for the pillars were made of a mixture of LADUR-rock and SEMADIT-metal.
This unique mixture of precious rock and also precious metal gives the pillar its’ conductibility in Minos-Iron-water.
When the 12 pillars were placed a great feast was celebrated, the children of gods flew on the wings of the TAN.TAK, the ,,gleaming flowers”; high up to the SHADU.E, they celebrated the feast of the first placement of the IR-MIN-SUL, and noone could take it from them in this moment of inner entrancement!
On the next morning the pillars started to rotate, the water sputtered from the openings in the head and high above the red fields of LAHMU NI-BI-RU presented itself to the children of gods for the very first time in all its’ glory and delightfulness.
In this time SINNI sent a final sign to Earth, to state it’s inhabitans the return of the gods.
In ,,Land of return” in the ,,Book of Change” this time is exactly described:

Land Of Return

When HE stands above the top of the pyramid
When the lights falls in and breaks the top
The day will be shortened ten steps again
But only once, then the way of the goddess begins
Again in the west, like before the flood.
But onehundredfortyforthousand
who stand on the mountain ZION in the name
of the father and the son
Will receive the wings
The godly lines of ZINI.
(The) ghost of the wind will abduct them up to the city
Which is named ETAB.ENTABA, there but waits Henoch.
The seven keys are seven signs
Made by the mistress SINNI.
You will recognize the signs
for wisdom and intellect live in one house
in the other live malice and deception
The righteous know the meaning.
One will come, as in primeval times before, with the name ETU.MARU
The lord of darkness, lord of fog.
One of the righteous will stagger, treason in his heart
But the body of a spider will save him.
On the next morning they will see the silver birds
And know that they are being hailed (,,called”).
On that day the air will feel like lead
And dark fogs will cover the mountain and the soul.
Those standing on the mountain ZION are three and six,
For his number is threehundredsixty
And are however onehundredfortyforthousand.
One will turn the tablet of signs against the sun
Then the KADINGIR, the gateway of the gods,
Will open anew and the airs begin to sing.

This sign should get the following shape:

* Third sign image (attached)

– for further informations, go to http://supriemrockefeller.wordpress.com/category/10-chapter-x/ –

1 person likes this.

“The end is the beginning of all things, Suppressed and hidden, Awaiting to be released through the rhythm Of pain and pleasure.” – Jiddu Krishnamurti

Xanadron

MARE MAESTRU
Mesaje Postate: 4,725
Ozenaut precaut
Locaţie: Bucuresti
memorat

18 Decembrie 2011, 19:28:39Ultima editare: 18 Decembrie 2011, 19:45:29 de Xanadron

“72 moons had past since EA and MAGDI built their house under the lake BAN-TAN, it was big and magnificent, and had room for all 711 God’s Children.”

Lacul BAN-TAN poate fi f. bine actualul BAI-KAL. 😎
Unde destule “intilniri apropiate” cu ET si/sau OZN-uri :ufo: au fost raportate de rusi – care desfasoara de alfel destule activitati secrete prin zona, inclusiv observatii cu ajutorul “The underwater neutrino telescope NT-200”, amplasat la 1 km sub luciul de apa.

Citeva imagini din 2009 cu sursa ISS/NAZA (care, asa cum va asteptati, habar n-are despre ce fenomen e vorba :-D) pot sugera varianta asta.

http://earthobservatory.nasa.gov/IOTD/view.php?id=38721&src=eoa-iotd

Per total, si asta-i totusi doar una din nenumaratele “povesti annunakiene” 👿 ispititor de bogate-n detalii, a caror eventuala confirmare ar tine pina la urma doar de aparitia LOR in carne si oase. :martiansmile:

5 people like this.

Trăim pe-o planetă nebună – opriţi-o să mă cobor !!!
http://povestoteca.wordpress.com/

Siberia

The same old Song…

18 Decembrie 2011, 22:17:59

I always thought that Baikal is the place where russians hide their cosmospheres 😀 (just kiddin’… or not 😕 :-D)

2 people like this.

“The end is the beginning of all things, Suppressed and hidden, Awaiting to be released through the rhythm Of pain and pleasure.” – Jiddu Krishnamurti

Locaţie: Bucuresti

memorat

19 Decembrie 2011, 06:34:50

Oups, I’ve missed the point – this is the English section! 😮
A perfect place for lazy non-translating posters, 😀 so here I am back, with some details.

Lake Baikal, the world’s deepest lake, was the site of several UFO encounters, according to the Russian navy.
Declassified records going back a generation reveal several encounters with what are described as UFOs. Only a year ago, the scientists were able to reach the bottom of Lake Baikal, located near the border with Mongolia.
In one case in 1982, military divers training at the lake said they spotted a group of humanoid creatures dressed in silver suits at a depth of 50 metres.
They tried to catch the visitors but three of the seven men died in the process, while four others were severely injured in the incident, according to the records

http://www.nowpublic.com/strange/lake-baikal-russia-reveals-ufo-encounters

4 people like this.

Trăim pe-o planetă nebună – opriţi-o să mă cobor !!!
http://povestoteca.wordpress.com/

Siberia

Veteran
Mesaje Postate: 1,296
The same old Song…
memorat

19 Decembrie 2011, 14:39:32

It’s not lazyness, dear colegue, it’s only lack of time. I don’t have enough time and i fear to get “lost in translation” 😀 (jokin’)
Now, about the russian connection zith Annunaki.
Tunguska (like lake Baikal) si also in Siberia, you know; and Valery Uvarov (a scientist that have been involved in the russian government UFO secret program), said that the Tunguska incident was caused by an alien ancient defense device settled in some underground facility to north of impact area. He also claimed that this device was built by the Anunnaki to prevent meteors and hostile activity. Whatever it is, it seems that is still activated but we won’t hear the russiana reveal its location.
Maybe the russians found out something before or after the Nazi’s expeditions to find their cosmic roots about the Anunnaki base in Siberia (under the Baikal / Ban-Tan) because they hurried to conquer the space and go to Mars.
It is said that in the late ’70s and the first years of ’80s, the russians (maube after hearing even Hoaglands theory about Anunnaki) flied to Mars and started to explore the planet. Is said that using their “nonexistent cosmospheres” they managed to map the Mars in a very short time and to discover a lot of ancient artifact and mars bases. The most interesting discovery was the town of Cydonia. They took all the relics, ancient artifacts from Cydonia and started their own base on Mars (on the sunny side 😀 😀 :-D). It’s not known if they found the Anunnaki alive there and started a “beautifull friendship”.
It is said also that the Chinese (russians friends) are also deeply connected to Anunnaki.

Now, if these tablets tell us the true story of Anunnaki, we can understand the Nazi’s faith in their cosmic descendant theory. In this case, Atlantis is not the “NWO black magic island”. Knowing that there are many who speaks about a war between Atlantis and Lemuria, and that Lemurians war the bad/warrior guys (according to these tablets), someone can assume that the Atlants were some direct Anunnaki descendants.
As nazi’s discovered their roots in the Atlantis people, they light have thought that are direct descendants from Anunnaki, and that’s why Hitler wanted to ascend to Aldebaran 😀

Just a tought of mine 🙂

p.s. – as written somewhere on the site, maybe there is still a battle between 2 factions (lemurian descendants – as the 13 bloodlines and atlantis descendants – as Anunnaki children). Who knows where the truth is ???

1 person likes this.

Thule Gesellschaft and the Vril Society

TUESDAY, MARCH 21, 2017 BY JUSTIN DESCHAMPS 1 COMMENT

Spread the love

(Stillness in the Storm Editor) The following is an article written by Wes Penre, detailing many topics that have emerged of late, such as secret space programs, Nazi flying saucers, Antarctica, extra-terrestrials, and more. The article was originally written in 2009 and I found it is quite interesting to see how it correlates to more recent revelations.

– Justin

(Wes Penre) There are two secret societies that have been working in unison — the Thule Gesellschaft and the Vril Society.

Those who know anything at all about how Hitler rose to power have heard about them both, because they influenced the political climate in Germany behind the scenes and were the forces that helped bringing The Führer to power.

Source – Humans Are Free

by Wes Penre, 2009

At that time, they wanted to ring in the 3rd Reich, where Hitler would be the leader.

Although many of Hitler’s (and the Priesthood’s) goals were reached during WW II (the creation of the UN and the migration of Jews to Israel to mention two of the goals they accomplished), the mission only took the Internationalists so far.

Now is their time to ring in the 4th Reich, which will be the final One World Government.

Thule Gesellschaft

What follows is a description of the Thule Gesellschaft – I want to start out with the “official version” for your information before I go into much lesser known details about the society.

The Thule Society (German: Thule-Gesellschaft), originally the Studiengruppe für Germanisches Altertum ‘Study Group for Germanic Antiquity’, was a German occultist and völkisch group [group for the people] in Munich, named after a mythical northern country from Greek legend.

The Society is notable chiefly as the organization that sponsored the Deutsche Arbeiterpartei, which was later transformed by Adolf Hitler into the Nazi Party.

Thule found its true purpose through the joining of societies in 1919 with the Vril Gesellschaft and DHvSS which also believed in worship of the Black Sun; but it was the psychic mediums of Vril and Thule’s own resident psychic Maria Orsic that convinced them that the Aryan race didn’t originate from earth but from Aldebaran in Alpha Tauri – 64 light years away. Vril also convinced the DHvSS (Men of the Black Stone) that their mountain goddess Isias was the queen of Aldebaran.

The primary focus of Thule-Gesellschaft was a claim concerning the origins of the Aryan race. “Thule” (Greek: Θούλη) was a land located by Greco-Roman geographers in the furthest north.

The term “Ultima Thule” ([Latin]: most distant Thule) is also mentioned by the Roman poet Virgil in his epic poem Aeneid. This was supposed to be the far northern segment of Thule and is now generally understood to be Scandinavia

Said by Nazi mystics to be the capital of ancient Hyperborea, they identified Ultima Thule as a lost ancient landmass in the extreme north: near Greenland or Iceland.

These ideas derived from earlier speculation by Ignatius L. Donnelly that a lost landmass had once existed in the Atlantic, and that it was the home of the Aryan race, a theory he supported by reference to the distribution of Swastika motifs.

He identified this with Plato’s Atlantis, a theory further developed by Helena Blavatsky, the occultist during the second part of the 19th century. The Thule-Gesellschaft maintained close contacts with Theosophists, the followers of Blavatsky.

An important note here is that the modern Thule Gesellschaft was formed (or reformed) by Rudolf von Sebottendorf in 1918, but the Order in itself, just like Freemasonry and many other secret societies, is ancient and have survived throughout history under different names but always had the same mission and Agenda.

The Thule Society has, so I’m told, a huge base in Antarctica as well, which also is the place where the secret man-made UFOs are taken into space. They even have plans to make Antarctica a sovereign state in the near future, a state outside of the One World Government.

The Vril Society, in control of Vril Power, and the Thule Gesellschaft are tightly interwoven. The Vril Society is actually the Inner Circle of Thule and they work with the U.S. Government and have done so since the end of WW II when German Thule and Vril members were secretly moved over to the United States in a project called “Operation Paperclip”.

Both Thule and Vril are using Scandinavian Gods and Goddesses as aliases within the Order, and they even have a Nordic language that the Inner Circle speaks which they have spoken on Earth for over 11,000 years.

It has been passed down to each inner circle’s successor.The following pretty much summarizes Thule’s present view on humanity and its’ future. It comes from a Thule Insider and is translated from German:

This is what we need to understand! We are all parts of this [God’s] plan. There are lots of pieces in God’s great game. Unfortunately, mankind learns only by disasters or wars and then we develop a new collective consciousness!

The Akasha Chronicle is nurtured from the development of human beings, and as bad as it sounds: Napoleon and Hitler were factors in the collective consciousness of mankind — a child learns from a little pain — humanity learns from this child.

But it will be accompanied by a great divine assistance, which is generally in the literature of the esoterics which the “Great White Brotherhood” refers to.

We need have no fear, because lurking behind the Stargate is not the death or monsters. It shows the kind and loving creator.

The “Great White Brotherhood” is the guardian of ideas. The gods have invoked the Brotherhood of Agartha — The Order of Thule, and other magic systems work in the construction of the new eon. Hope is our principle.

I am not at all convinced that “behind the Stargate is not “the death or monsters”, though.

My research leads me to believe it’s a mix of “everything” and by opening the Gate we let in whatever dwells “on the other side”… Agartha means the Nation inside the Hollow Earth, which I have no doubt is very real.

The Vril Society

First a little background on the Vril Society. This is what is told to the general public in Wikipedia:

The Vril Society was founded as “The All German Society for Metaphysics” in 1921 to explore the origins of the Aryan race, to seek contact with the “hidden masters” of Ultima Thule, and to practice meditation and other techniques intended to strengthen individual mastery of the divine Vril force itself.

It was formed by a group of female psychic mediums led by the Thule Gesellschaft medium Maria Orsitsch (Orsic) of Zagreb, who claimed to have received communication from Aryan aliens living on Alpha Tauri, in the Aldebaran system.

Allegedly, these aliens had visited Earth and settled in Sumeria, and the word Vril was allegedly formed from the ancient Sumerian word Vri-Il, “like god.”

[In fact, Vri-Il means nothing in Sumerian, and could not even be a Sumerian word, as Sumerian had no ‘v’ phoneme, nor does Sumerian allow consonant clusters at the beginning of words. While the Akkadian word for “deity” is indeed ilum, the Sumerian word is dingir].

A second medium was known only as Sigrun, a name etymologically related to Sigrune, a Valkyrie and one of Wotan’s nine daughters in Norse legend.

Other sources state that the Vril Society was founded by an ill-defined group of Rosicrucians in Berlin before the end of the 19th century, while still others state that it was founded by Karl Haushofer in Berlin in 1918.

Some sources state that the Vril Society was also known as the Luminous Lodge, or the Lodge of Light, though others claim that it was originally called the Brothers of the Light.

The Society allegedly not only taught concentration exercises designed to awaken the forces of Vril, their main goal was to achieve Raumflug (Spaceflight) to reach Aldebaran.

To achieve this, the Vril Society joined the Thule Gesellschaft and the alleged DHvSS (Die Herren vom schwarzen Stein, The Masters of the Black Stone) to fund an ambitious program involving an inter-dimensional flight machine based on psychic revelations from the Aldebaran aliens.

[who are equivalent to the Anunnaki, who ruled in old Sumer. The word Sumer (or Sumeria) stems from Sumi-Aldebaran, which is the star system the Anunnaki originally come from, 68 light-years from Earth. Nibiru is merely a “station” they use on their Intergalactic journeys].

Members of the Vril Society are said to have included Adolf Hitler, Alfred Rosenberg, Heinrich Himmler, Hermann Göring, and Hitler’s personal physician, Dr. Theodor Morell.

These were original members of the Thule Society which supposedly joined Vril in 1919. The NSDAP (National Sozialistische Deutsche ArbeiterPartei) was created by Thule in 1920, one year later. Dr. Krohn, who helped to create the Nazi flag, was also a Thulist.

With Hitler in power in 1933, both Thule and Vril Gesellschaften allegedly received official state backing for continued disc development programs aimed at both spaceflight and possibly a war machine.

There is no evidence that a functional prototype was ever made. The claim of an ability to travel in some inter-dimensional mode is similar to Vril claims of channeled flight with the Jenseitsflugmaschine (Other World Flight Machine) and the Vril Flugscheiben (Flight Discs).

Hidden masters (the members of the Vril society and their antagonist, the Jewish World Conspiracy), an escape by Hitler and other Nazis from Berlin to the South Pole, flying saucers, secret Nazi inventions, and psychic channeling powers and Aliens from Aldebaran clearly are the elements of a conspiracy theory.

As there yet seems to be no comprehensive scholarly examination of the proponents of this theory (except for some chapters in Goodrick-Clark’s “Black Sun”), their motives remain unclear.

It must be said, though, that Secret Societies cannot be held responsible for the Holocaust and the Third Reich.

Like I said, this is the “official version”, which does have truth in it, but the Wikipedia entry was made by someone who wanted to debunk the whole story. Big mistake!

History is telling us that the Vril Society was almost entirely based on Edward Bulwer-Lytton’s fiction novel, The Coming Race.

The book describes a race of men psychically far in advance of ours. They have acquired powers over themselves and over things that make them almost godlike. For the moment they are in hiding. They live in caves in the center of the Earth.

So how can a group of esoteric people form a serious secret society out of a fiction book? Well, this is how it works:

First of all, if we research Edward Bulwer-Lytton we will see that he belonged to The Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn, which in itself was (and still is) a very esoteric secret society which branched out from the English Rosicrucian Order.

Being a high rank member of The Golden Dawn, Bulwer-Lytton had a lot of esoteric knowledge. What he then did was nothing new and it happens even more often today — he wrote a fantasy/fiction book!

That way he got the esoteric knowledge out to other initiates in other secret societies around the world, while the common masses would read the book as pure fiction and never understand the seriousness, the symbolism and the truth that was written in it.

An ingenious way of getting forbidden knowledge out in the open, but still only the selected few would understand what the information is really about. Today they do this through books, Hollywood movies, pop/rock music, fine art, pop art and more…

In December 1919 a small circle of persons from Thule, Vril and the DHvSS [Die Herren vom Schwarzen Stein (German: Lords of the Black Stone)] met in a specially rented forester’s lodge near Berchtesgaden (Germany).

They were accompanied by the medium Maria Orsic and another medium only known as Sigrun. Maria had mediumistically received transmission in a secret Templar script – a language unknown to her – with the technical data for the construction of a flying machine.

According to Vril documents these telepathic messages came from the solar system Aldebaran which is sixty-four light-years away in the constellation Taurus.

Here is a short summary of messages the Vril medium had received over the years and which formed the basis for all further actions by the Vril-Gesellschaft, compiled by author Jan van Helsing, and this is very important information to be able to understand the rest – this is not science fiction, but truly what is going on in the Inner Core of Thule and Vril.

I need to emphasize to the reader that even if you don’t believe a word of this, it’s irrelevant. They believe it and have built at least two very complicated secret societies around it — and these societies are quite powerful and influential:

The solar system Aldebaran has a sun around which revolve two inhabited planets that form the empire SUMERAN.

The population of the Aldebaran system is divided into the master race of “light God people” (Aryans) and several other human races that had developed by negative mutation from the “God people” because of climatic changes upon the planets.

The Aldebaran star system

The colored mutant races apparently are on a lower stage of spiritual development. The more the races intermixed, the lower the spiritual development of these people sank, which led to the situation that when the sun Aldebaran began expanding they could no longer maintain the space travel technology of their forefathers and could not leave the planets by their own means.

The lower races, totally dependent upon the master race, had to be evacuated and were brought to other inhabitable planets.

Despite their difference all the races respected one another and did not interfere with each other, neither the so-called God people nor the lower races. Each respected that the others just made their own developments [in contrast to what happens on Earth].

Around 500 million years ago the “light God people” started to colonize other earth-like planets, after the expansion of the sun Aldebaran and the resulting heat had made the original planets uninhabitable.

It is said that in our system they first colonized the planet Mallona (also called Maldek, Marduk or – by the Russians – Phaeton) which existed in the area of today’s asteroid belt, then between Mars and Jupiter. Mars was next.

[The proof for a highly developed race on Mars are the well-known face on Mars and the pyramid city which has been photographed by the Mars probe Viking in 1976. It is assumed that the master race of Sumeran-Aldebaran then also came to Earth for a first visit, witnessed by the petrified impressions of a shoe found to be about 500 million years old, and squashed under the heel a trilobite, a little crayfish that lived then upon Earth and became extinct about 400 million years ago].

The Vril people thought that later, when Earth became slowly habitable, the race of the Aldebarans landed in Mesopotamia and formed the master caste of the SUMERIANS which were described as fair, white God people.

The Vril telepaths also found that the Sumerian language was not only identical with that of the German and that the language frequently of German and Sumerian-Aldebaranian were almost identical.

[The Aldebarans are the ones whom we call the Anunnaki].

The construction plans and the technical details that the Vril mediums received were so accurate that they led to the most fantastic idea men ever begot: the construction of a “Jenseitsflugmachine”, a “flying machine for the other side” and the “Vril-Odin”!

Just to try to understand how complicated the terms “good” and “evil” are and how subjective they are, Dr. W.O. Schumann of the Technical University in Munich, both a Thule and a Vril member, held a speech in the early 20th Century, a section of which is reproduced here:

In everything we recognize two principles that determine the events: light and darkness, good and evil, creation and destruction – as in electricity we know plus and minus. It is always: either – or.

These two principles – the creative and the destructive – also determine our technical means…

Everything destructive is of Satanic origin, everything creative is divine. Every technology based upon explosion or combustion has thus to be called Satanic. The coming new age will be an age of new, positive, divine technology!

~ from the German SS secret archives

In the summer of 1922 the first saucer-shaped flying machine was built whose drive was based on implosion (the “other-side flying machine”).

It had a disk eight meters across with a second disk with a diameter of six and a half meters above and a third disk of seven meters diameter below.

These three disks had a hole at the center of one meter eighty across in which the drive, which was two meters forty high, was mounted.

At the bottom, the central body was cone-shaped, and there a pendulum reaching the cellar was hung that served for stabilization.

In the activated state the top and bottom disk revolved in opposing directions to build up an electromagnetic rotating field.

The performance of this first flying disk is not known. But experiments were carried out with it for two years before it was dismantled and probably stored in the Augsburg works of Messerschmidt.

In the books of several German industrial companies entries under the codename “JFM” (for Jenseitsflugmaschine) can be found that show payments towards financing this work.

Certainly the VRIL DRIVE (formally called “Schumann SM-Levitator”) emerged from this machine.

Before the end of 1937, the RFZ 2 was ready, with a Vril drive and a “magnetic field impulse steering unit.

It worked – and it would meet a remarkable destiny in 1941, during the Battle of Britain, when it was used as transatlantic reconnaissance craft, because for these flights the German standard fighters ME 109 had an insufficient range.

Due to the craft’s small size and experimental impulse controls the RFZ-2 could only make turns of 90, 45, and 22.5 degrees making it unsuitable as a fighter aircraft.

In 1941, however, the RFZ-2 met the surface raider Atlantis in the The RFZ-2 served as a long-range spotter for the raider which would later bring mining equipment and supplies to Neu Schwabenland prior to its sinking in December 1941.

This is the last known use of the RFZ-2 which due to its cramped interior which tended to heat up badly became known as the “Fliegende Heisswasserflasche” (Flying Hot Water Bottle)!

These machines were based an an IMPLOSION instead of an EXPLOSION system, a technology directly developed from Maria Orsic’s and her co-mediums’ channeled information.

VRIL power is simply the energy of the Universe, and Nazi Germany learned how to tame it and use it for interplanetary travels.

There is a lot more to know about the development of Flying Saucers here on Earth, and I strongly recommend you read Jan van Helsing’s book, Secret Societies and Their Power in the 20th Century to learn more.

It goes into details on this and various other very important subjects. For our purpose it is not necessary to go into too much details about this, other than you need to know that these things were and are going on around us in secret, and many UFOs that people see (but not all of them) are man-made.

There can’t be much of a discussion whether the Vril space-crafts are real or not, because the evidence is overwhelming and indisputable.

Still, there are a few more things worth mentioning. At the beginning of 1943 it was planned in Nazi Germany to build in the Zeppelin hangars, a cigar-shaped mother ship.

The ANDROMEDA DEVICE of a length of 139 meters should transport several saucer-shaped craft in its body for flights of long duration (interstellar flights).

By Christmas 1943 an important Vril-Gesellschaft meeting took place in the seaside resort of Kolberg.

The two mediums Maria Orsic and Sigrun attended. The main item on the agenda was the ALDEBARAN PROJECT. The mediums had received precise information about the habitable planets around the sun Aldebaran and one began to plan a trip there.

At a January 22, 1944 meeting between Hitler, Himmler, Kunkel (of the Vril Society) and Dr. Schumann this project was discussed.

It was planned to send the VRIL-8 (Odin) large-capacity craft through a dimension channel independent of the speed of light to Alderbaran.

Under the operation PAPERCLIP, German scientists who had worked in secret were brought to the U.S. privately, among them VIKTOR SCHAUBERGER and WERNHER vON BRAUN — both had been working on these projects and now introduced this secret technology to the United States Government.

In 1938 a German expedition to ANTARCTICA was made with the aircraft carrier Schwabenland (Swabia).

600,000 kms of an ice-free area with lakes and mountains were declared German territory, the NEUSCHWABENLAND (New Swabia). Whole fleets of submarines of the XXI series were later headed towards Neuschwabenland.

Nazi Maps and Documents to Agartha Confirm the Hollow Earth Accounts

Conceptual art of Neu Schwabenland high-tech U-Boot

Type XXVI was a high-seas U-boat propelled by the Walther Propulsion System.

They would have had a crew of 3 officers and 30 men, with ten torpedo tubes,

4 at the bow and 6 in a so-called Schnee organ, and no deck guns.

100 contracts were initially awarded to the Blohm + Voss yard in Hamburg (U-4501 through U-4600) and sections were under construction for U-4501 through U-4504 when the war ended. The other contracts had been cancelled.

Today about one hundred German submarines are still unaccounted for, some equipped with the Walther Schnorchel [Snorkel], a device that allowed them to stay submerged for several weeks, and it can be assumed that they fled to Neuschwabenland with the dismantled flying disks or at least the construction plans.

Again it must be assumed that since the test flights had been very successful some so-called flying saucers have flown directly there at the end of the war.

Perhaps some may think these assumptions to be a bit on the daring side, but there are strong indications that it may well have happened that way.

There is a question why in 1947 ADMIRAL E. BYRD led an invasion of ANTARCTICA, why he had 4,000 soldiers, a man-of-war, a fully equipped aircraft carrier and a functioning supply system at his command if it was a mere expedition?

He had been given eight months for the exercise, but they had to stop after eight weeks and high losses of planes undisclosed even today. What had happened?

Later Admiral Byrd spoke to the press:

It is the bitter reality that in the case of a new war one has to expect attacks by planes that could fly from Pole to Pole.

Jan van Helsing tells us that Norbert-Jürgen Ratthofer writes about the whereabouts of the Haunebru developments in his book Zeitmaschinen (Time Machines):

The Haunebru I, II and III space gyros and the VRIL I space flying disk had disappeared after May 1945.

It is very interesting to note in the context that after its nineteenth test flight the German Haunebru III is said to have taken off on April 21, 1945, from Neuschwabenland, a vast, officially German territory in the Eastern Antarctic, for an expedition to Mars, about which there is nothing further known.

One year later, in 1946 the many sightings that suddenly occurred in Scandinavia of shining objects of unknown and definitely artificial origin caused a great stir among the Allies in East and West.

Again one year later, in 1947, and well into the Fifties, a rising number of shining unknown flying objects, doubtlessly steered by intelligent beings, mostly round, disk- or bell-shaped, sometimes cigar-shaped, so-called UFOs appeared over North America…

A lone prototype was constructed before the close of the war and was

to be used for evacuation work for Thule and Vril in March 1945.

Subsequent postwar claims that this craft was ultimately used for a mission to Mars is completely unfounded; even with onboard SS oxygen generators and modified Draeger Werke pressure suits there is no way this machine could withstand an eight month journey to Mars.

What would be the purpose anyway? The Gesellschaften were aiming at channeled flight not conventional space flight.

The text goes on to say that as a rule these objects were unlike the German developments. but good photographic material proves that the Haunebu II version especially had been sighted very often since 1945.

It is further said that colour photographs taken by a night guard in West Germany in the Seventies exist of a landed and restarted flying disk that had both a knight’s cross and a Swastika on its hull.

According to Thule, and lots of other other independent researchers, another disc left Antarctica in 1945 with both Hitler and Maria Orsic on board. This craft was heading not for Mars, but for Aldebaran.

Maria Orsic

We know for a fact that Orsic “disappeared” from the “face of the Earth”, literally speaking, in 1945 and many different researchers suggest she actually went to Aldebaran, but was Hitler on board as well? Future research may disclose this matter, hopefully.

Researchers have long struggled with from where the mediums got their information – whom did they channel?

Instructions how to build Vril driven saucers partly came from the ILAT-LITUM plates found in Antarctica in 1939, and partly from previous channeled information, and my research points in the direction that the Vril mediums channeled beings from the Aldebaran System, the original Anunnaki.

It could very well be that the technology to build Vril-Odin originally came from a mix of alien technology and channeled information, but Vril-Odin was built by humans from this same channeled information, plus the instructions in the ILAT-LITUM.

According to Herbert G. Dorsey and other researchers they had, besides the construction plans the Vril-Gesellschaft had received through telepathic contact with extra-terrestrials, a non-terrestrial saucer that had crashed in the Black Forest in 1936 and whose undamaged drive had proved a great help to the Germans.

Antarctica, Springboard to the Stars

This following information comes directly from a Thule Insider.

In 1939, Captain Alfred Ritscher of Nazi Germany found the Antarctica entrance into the Inner Earth.

He also found the “ILAT-LITUM” plates in a sarcophagus on the coast of Neuschwabenland. In the sarcophagus were still a number of technical devices and instructions that now became available to the Vril Society.

The “ILAT-LITUM” was divided into several engraved metal plates or tablets, brought to Berlin and decoded into German by some experts from the Orient. When the plates were found, no one could read them, because they were in Sumerian/Akkadian.

This is what the Thule member told me when I asked what ILAT-LITUM is (this email excerpt is translated from German):

This book was written for those who were left behind on the planet KI, which we now call Earth. It shows us the history of the gods since their arrival, the war with the Reptoids, the emergence of new types and species, the advancement of the DNA and more…

The book was also mentioning the signs that will show for the return of the Gods. It is the story of ourselves and all our deeds. The book was not completely handed over to a human. Only with “Vril-Odin’s” departure a full translation was given.

Vril-Odin is used to navigate in a timeless space (hyper-space), as well as to assess the upcoming events.

Therefore, it would be very dangerous if it gets into the wrong hands… Only when we all understand that we are children of the gods, there will be peace and the divine plan is closed for another eon.

ILAT-LITUM contains accurate information on the landing of the Anunnaki Gods on Earth and the fight with the Reptoids. Inside the sarcophagus were also instructions how to build the “Vril-Odin” space craft.

The “Vril-Odin” was built per the instructions and was up and flying in the fall of 1944. On board the craft was Reichskanzler Adolf Hitler. The destination of the flight of Vril-Odin was Sumi-An in the Aldebaran solar system.

According to the Thule insider, all subsequent appearances of Hitler were done by his doubles. The corpse in the bunker was the body of a double as well.

Nazis in Antarctica, 1939

Captain Ritscher, when he made his expedtion, followed the instructions from the Vril Society and channeled information, mainly from the Vril Society’s own medium, Sigrun.

This means that Ritscher did not find the sarcophagus by accident but was following channeled instructions.

We know that Maria Orsic received channeled information regarding the Tablets already in 1919-1924 but wasn’t able to decode and interpret it, because it was in Sumerian/Akkadian.

We need to remember that the technology known to common people is at least a hundred years up to thousands of years behind the technology used in secret.

Moon bases have long been established, and you don’t use a slow and unsafe space shuttle to move between planets in our solar system. The Vril power has a lot to do with space technology and how to travel outside this planet.

The “disc” that the Anunnaki Gods are talking about in ILAT-LITUM, which they are rotating (or spinning) is from my understanding a Vril machine.

Area 51, by the way, is a cover. The real base is in a mountain in Utah. When a craft is taken into space, it leaves from Utah to Antarctica and then exita the atmosphere from there.

There is apparently a lot of UFO and underground activity in Utah. There are lots of witnesses, many are Mormons and former Mormons, who say that there is a network of underground tunnels beneath Salt Lake City and some of these people have seen reptilian beings there as well.

Interestingly enough, shortly after I published this book on June 17 2009, UFO sightings have increased in numbers rapidly.

Agartha – A Nation Inside Earth

Much has been said about the Hollow Earth. Books have been written about it, a lot of Internet sites cover it and some of it is good research, some of it is not.

It is an important part of our story, because due to both the Thule and Vril Societies (and other secret societies as well) there is a Nation of Beings inside Earth.

This Nation is called Agartha or Agarthi (both variants are used interchangeably — there are other spellings as well). and their Capital is Shambala (or Shamballah). I will just touch briefly on it here.

I am going to quote Jan van Helsing from his well researched book: Secret Societies and Their Power in the 20th Century again and this time when comes to explaining what Agarthi/Agartha is, because his research confirms to some extent what members from Thule have told me, but is still just a part of the story.

“ULTIMA THULE” apparently was the capital city of the first continent peopled by Aryans. This was called HYPERBOREA and was older than Lemuria and Atlantis (continents with advanced cultures since submerged).

The Scandinavians have a tale of “Ultima Thule”, the wonderful land in the high North, where the sun never sets and the ancestors of the Aryan race dwell.

Hyperborea was up in the North Sea and sank during an ice age. It is assumed that the Hyperboreans came from the solar system Alderbaran which is the main star in the constellation Taurus, and that they were about four meters tall, white, blond and blue-eyed.

They knew no war and were vegetarians (so was Hitler). According to alleged Thule texts they were technically very advanced and flew “Vril-ya”, flying machines that today we call UFOs.

These flying disks were capable of levitation, extreme speeds and the maneuvers known from today’s UFOs due to two counter-rotating magnetic fields and they used the so-called Vril power as energy potential or fuel (Vril = ether, Od, Prana, Chi, Ki, cosmic force, Orgon…, but also from the academic “vri-IL” = as the highest deity = God-like), i.e., they take the energy from the earth’s magnetic field (free energy) like the “tachyon converter” of Captain Hans Coler.

When HYPERBOREA began to sink the Hyperboreans are said to have burrowed with huge machines gigantic tunnels into the Earth’s crust and settled under the Himalayan region. The subterranean realm is called AGHARTA and its capital SHAMBALLAH.

The Persians call this land “Aryana” the land of origin of the Aryans.

Here we should mention that Karl Haushofer claimed that Thule was actually called Atlantis and – contrary to all other researchers of Tibet and India – he said that the surviving Thule-Atlanteans were separated into two groups, a good one and an evil one.

Those who called themselves after their oracle Agharta were the good and settled in the Himalayan region, the evil ones were the Shamballah who wanted to subjugate humanity and they went West.

He maintained that the fight between the people of Agharta and Shamballah had been going on for thousands of years and that in the Third Reich the Thule-Gesellschaft as Agharta’s representative continued it against the representatives of Shamballah, the Freemasons and the Zionists.

This perhaps was his mission.

The head of this subterranean region he said was Rigden Iyepo, the king of the world, with his representative upon the Earth’s surface, the Dalai Lama.

Haushofer was convinced that the land below the Himalayas was the birthplace of the Aryan race, which he claimed to have confirmed during his Tibet and India travels.

The symbol of Thule was the Swastika counter clockwise. Tibetan lamas and the Dalai Lama personally testified that people from Agartha were still living today.

The subterranean land that is anchored in almost all Eastern traditions has spread over the millennia under all of the Earth’s surface with huge centers under the Sahara desert, the Matto Grosso and the Santa Catarina mountains in Brazil, Yucatan in Mexico, Mount Shasta in California, England, Egypt, Czechoslovakia.

It seems that Hitler especially sought to discover the entrances to the subterranean world Agartha and to get in contact with the descendants of the Aryan “God people” from Alderbaran-Hyperborea.

In the myths and traditions of the subterranean world it is often said that the world’s surface was yet to suffer a terrible world war (Third World War) which would though be ended by earthquakes, other natural disasters and a switching of the poles and the deaths therefrom of two thirds of humanity.

After this “last war” the several races of the inner earth would reunite with the survivors on the surface and that the thousand-year GOLDEN AGE (age of Aquarius) would be rung in.

Hitler wanted to build an outer “Agartha” or “Aryana” with the Aryan master race, and Germany should be its home. During the existence of the “Third Reich” two large expeditions were sent by the SS to the Himalayas to find those entrances.

Further expeditions searched in the Andes, the Matto Grosso mountains in the North and the Santa Catarina mountains in the south of Brazil, in Czechoslovakia and parts of England.

Some authors claim that the Thule people believed that – quite independently of the subterranean tunnel and city system – the Earth was HOLLOW, with two great openings at the poles. Natural laws were quoted, “as above, so below”.

Since blood, body or egg cells, a comet or an atom all have a nucleus and a hollow space surrounding it that is enclosed by a “corona radiata”, an envelope, and the actual “life” is taking place in the core, one has deduced that the Earth was built after the same principles.

Druses confirmed this, as they were hollow and the “life”, the mineral and crystals, were in the interior.

Therefore the Earth also had to be hollow – apparently agreeing with the views of the Tibetan Lamas including the Dalai Lama – and had a nucleus, the Central Sun (also called the “Schwarze Sonne”, the Black Sun) that gave the interior an even climate and permanent sunlight, corresponding in the microcosm to the central sun of the galaxy in the macrocosm.

They maintain there is a place in the interior – the master race lives inside and the mutants on the surface – and that this was also the reason why we wouldn’t find any life upon other planets of our solar system, because their inhabitants live inside.

The main entrances are at the North and South poles through which the central sun is shining and producing the aurora borealis. In the interior the land mass was exceeding the water mass.

The polar explorer Olaf Jansen and others said that the water in the interior was fresh, which could explain why the ice of the Arctic and Antarctic is made of freshwater, not salt water.

It is interesting to note that this view of the make-up of the world is shared and supported by the polar explorers Cook, Peary, Amundsen, Nansen, and Kane and, last but not least, Admiral E. Byrd.

All had the same, strange experiences contradicting existing scientific theory.

All confirmed that after 76 degreed latitude the winds became warmer, that birds flew north, that they found colored and gray snow which when thawed left colored pollen or volcanic ash.

The question arises: where do flower pollen or volcanic ash near the North Pole come from, as not a single volcano is marked on any of the accessible maps?

Further, some of the explorers found themselves in freshwater seas, and all say that at a time during their travels they had seen two suns. Mammoths were found whose flesh was still fresh and whose stomach contained fresh grass.

The “Hollow Earth” theory has so far remained just a theory to the public, although some authors and explorers claim to have visited there and even – like Admiral E. Byrd – had taken numerous pictures.

It cannot be denied that all the Arctic explorers had had extraordinary experiences that so far cannot be explained, which points to something strange happening there.

But the theory that the Earth had a molten core has equally remained just a theory. The fact remains though that the subterranean man-made tunnel and cave systems do exist.

They can be found in almost any country of the world and by the largely still existing light source (a greenish glow that gets brighter the deeper one enters the tunnels), by the smooth walls and the unknown machinery that was found in the Boynton Canyon in Sedona, Arizona, are witness to a technically advanced culture that existed millions of years before.

The myths of a “Hollow Earth” were enough for the Thule people to go out to start a serious study of the phenomenon. Therefore there was at least one expedition to the Antarctic during World War II.

To show that the story of the Aryan-Hyperboreans was not entirely invented I would like to mention two examples: When the Spaniards under Pizarro came to South America in 1532, the natives called them “ivicarochas” (white lords).

According to their legends there was a master race of very tall white people who centuries before had descended in “flying disks” from heaven. They had long ruled in some of the towns and when they disappeared had promised to return.

When the fair skinned Spaniards arrived, the natives thought them to be the iviracochas coming back and therefore in the beginning willingly gave them their gold.

Similar occurrences took place when the first white travelers arrived in Tibet and other Himalayan regions. They were scrutinized in astonishment by the Tibetans and asked why they came from BELOW (the foot of the mountains) rather than from ABOVE as they usually did.

~ Chapter 32: Adolf Schickelgruber and the ‘Thule Gesellschaft’

Apart from the fact that I. G. Farben supported Hitler, their cartel partner “Standard Oil” (Rockefeller) fanned the flames against the Nazis.

The “Ford Motor Company” for instance helped to build up the American army while at the same time producing in Germany military vehicles for the Nazis.

Ford and Opel (subsidiary of General Motors that is controlled by J. P. Morgan) were the two largest producers of tanks in Hitler’s Germany.

Whatever the outcome of the war, these multinational companies had already made their cuts. Many enterprises followed this principle during the Second World War.

Why is there nothing about all this in schoolbooks or encyclopaedias? Especially in Germany where the freedom of the press is apparently honored and the truth is taught?

One of the reasons is that the Rockefeller Foundation spent US $139,000 in 1946 to present an official history of the Second World War which covered up the whole story of the U.S. bankers building up the Nazi regime as well as the occult and mystical background of the Nazis.

One of the main sponsors was Rockefeller’s own “Standard Oil Corp.”

By Wes Penre, http://servicetoone.wordpress.

Conspiracy Theories That Turned Out To Be True

Alexander LightApril 24, 2015

by Truth Theory

There are types of stories called “conspiracy theories” and the people who teach them are considered by “society” as crazy fanatics who often need medical treatment.

What if I tell you that “society” should take some of that medical treatment, because sometimes such incredible stories that nobody believed in, turn out to be 100% true?

1. Tuskegee syphilis experiment

In the years 1932-1972, there were a series of experiments on about 400 syphilis-infected black citizens of the United States. The study selected the poor, simple and uneducated – most of them did not even know about their illness.

U.S. Public Health Service had promised free treatment to patients. In fact, they were given aspirin. The purpose of this “experiment” was to observe a progressive disease in representatives of the black race, and the scientific autopsy of deceased participants in these studies.

As a result, 28 people died directly of syphilis, 100 died as a result of complications directly related to the disease, 40 women were infected by unconscious patients, and 19 children were born with congenital disease.

The sad truth about the Tuskegee Experiment was confirmed in 1997 by President Bill Clinton, who officially and publicly apologized to the eight surviving participants in these studies.

What if I tell you that the U.S. government itself commits “acts of terror” on its land, just to have an excuse to invade another country?

2. Operation Northwoods

In 1997, as a result of the murder of J.F. Kennedy, fifteen hundred pages of documents entitled “Operation Northwoods” were declassified. In the 60s, the United States was preparing for war with Cuba. To fire up the war machine public support was needed.

In turn the defense secretary presented a paper called “Justification for U.S. Military Intervention in Cuba” so they had a whole range of interesting provocations, such as terrorist attacks involving the blowing up military bases, starting fires, aircraft hijacking, “landing” of Cuban troops, bombings, and even the sinking of a boat full of armed Cubans.

See the full document for yourself here.

These false flag terrorist attacks were to be carried out by the CIA on a massive scale so that the citizens of the United States would feel threatened by Fidel Castro and the government had an excuse to start a war.

The plan was never implemented however, as president Kennedy met with the General Lyman Lemnitzer the plan for the operation was rejected. This time it did not work …

What if I tell you that it is just about oil?

3. Nayirah Testimony

In August 1990 there was conflict between Iraq and Kuwait, mostly over oil fields as Saddam Hussein accused Kuwaitis of theft of these resources. On October 10th the whole world turned its eyes toward a fifteen-year old girl named Nayirah, who wept profusely as she talked about inhumane crimes committed by Iraqi soldiers.

The young Kuwaiti was to witness the killing of more than 300 babies in a hospital. The dramatic speech touched the hearts of viewers and managed to drum up overwhelming support for the involvement of the United States in this conflict and the outbreak of the Gulf War.

When the battle dust settled, someone took a closer look at Nayirah. Quickly it became apparent that the sobbing girl in front of millions of viewers was the daughter of Sheikh Saud Nasser Al-Saud Al-Sabah– Kuwaiti Ambassador to the United States and a member of the royal family.

The child was handed to PR whizzes – Hill & Knowlton company, where she passed a course in comprehensive acting training. It had to work out – the company bosses signed an $11.9 million contract with the Kuwaiti royal family.

The task was simple — to persuade the U.S. military to take action against Iraq. Nayirah lied. This time it worked…

What if I tell you that the leading Nazi scientists got a job in the USA after the war?

4. Operation Paperclip

World War II was coming to an end and nothing more could change the situation of the Third Reich.

American special forces had acknowledged that it would be a pity if some people lost their lives, especially those whose knowledge and experience could potentially serve the interests of the United States.

As part of Operation Paperclip, they smuggled into the U.S. a group of gifted scientists from the Nazi rocket industry, medicine and chemical weapons divisions.

In the safe arms of Uncle Sam there were, among others, Wernher Von Braun (SS-man, the creator of the famous missile V-2), Kurt Blome (a doctor specializing in biological weapons, which tested their inventions on prisoners in Auschwitz) and Hubertus Strughold (“father of space medicine” who examined the effect of extremely low temperatures on the human body in camp Dachau).

In total, 700 German “men of science”, found their new home on American soil.

What if I tell you that the government controls your mind?

5. MK-Ultra

It turns out that playing with people’s minds was actually done by the CIA a good half a century ago!

In the 60s, thanks to the NY Times reporters, details of the MK-Ultra project came to light, which was aimed to investigate the human ability to be controlled by the use of certain chemicals, subliminal messages, electrical impulses and psychoactive substances.

The project itself consisted of a number of sub-projects. For example, MK-Search was designed to create the perfect truth serum that could be used on captured Russian spies.

They also looked into research on the practical use of LSD. Experiments were conducted on prostitutes, prisoners and people with mental illness.

Often times without their knowledge or consent. One such experiment was to give the drug to seven volunteers continuously for 77 days… Among the substances, with which the CIA dealt was also amphetamines, psilocybin and mescaline.

They also experimented with hypnotic seances. When information about MK-Ultra was released to the public, a number of committees of inquiry were established and this research was formally and publicly condemned.

It is often said that the infamous project was one of the factors which resulted in the generation of the hippie movement. Ken Kesey – author of “One Flew Over the Cuckoo’s Nest”, as a volunteer, was participating in one of the experiments, prepared by the CIA.

The effect of LSD on the human mind intrigued the writer so much, that he became one of the first proponents of the use of psychedelic drugs in the context of recreation. Another member of psychedelic experimentation was Robert Hunter of the Grateful Dead…

We know that these theories turned out to be true. And how many more are waiting to be revealed? There are some people who do a lot to hide the truth.

Continue reading:

Consciousness

Buy Now!

Berberine is a powerful plant compound used for its amazing ability to support the activation of longevity pathways in the body.

What is Consciousness?

Consciousness is a continuous, unified, subjective state of mind. It lies mainly in posterior areas of the cerebral cortex. It is something like a mental screen where the brain continuously presents the information that we need to know all time to guide our behavior. But that does not mean that everything the brain processes ends up producing a conscious result because there is a lot of brainwork that we never discovered.

Consciousness, It’s Meaning and Elements

Where Does Consciousness Exist?

The thalamus has traditionally been considered the most important structure for making consciousness possible. But recently it has been shown that when a person is anesthetized, they can be unconscious even 10 minutes before the thalamus neurons are deactivated, leading researchers to suspect that this state of mind lies in the cerebral cortex.

It appears when the neurons of the cerebral cortex, especially those of its posterior part, are functionally integrated, instead of working separately, the neural circuits in the cerebral cortex work collectively, as a team. Some scientists believe that consciousness is nothing more than an epiphenomenon, something that occurs as a result of brain function. They argue that it is simply a side-effect of brain function, like smoke from a fire or the noise of a car engine. Others believe that knowing the origin and nature of consciousness is only a matter of time and research.

The Collective Consciousness

We understand collective consciousness as the common moral attitudes and beliefs working as a unifying force inside society. This force is dominant compared to the individual mind. According to this theory, a group constitutes an entity that behaves like a global individual.

In all societies, collective consciousness is something common. It is not an individual condition, but a social one. As a social phenomenon, it is diffuse throughout society as a whole, and “has a life of its own.” It is through the collective awareness that values, beliefs, and traditions can be passed down from generations. In this way death doesn’t erase societal and cultural knowledge, this collection of intangible things, including the social norms connected to them, are cemented in our social institutions and exist independently of individual people.

The forces resulting from the collective consciousness are external to the individual. We, as individuals, internalize these forces and make the collective consciousness reality and reaffirm and reproduce it by living in a way that reflects it.

Expanding Your Consciousness

Among other things, expanding consciousness allows us to perceive the universe more clearly, and also to perceive ourselves better. Through expansion, we come to know ourselves better and understand more fully who we are and what we do here.

Human beings do not perceive reality in its entirety; we only perceive a part of it. This awareness causes many emotions and reactions. According to some philosophies, consciousness and awareness causes us to feel a host of emotions such as joy, sadness, fear, or suffering. Since we only perceive a part of reality, it is as if we are in the middle of partial darkness that prevents us from seeing the path clearly. For this reason, we collide with each other both subconsciously and intentionally.

The solution is to simply turn on the light of awareness and mindfulness. We have to learn to see more and see it much more clearly. Indeed, the more mindful we become, the better for our consciousness as individuals and as societies, cultures, and human beings.

The Number Of Transgender Youth Is On The Rise, Mostly Youth In Democrat Led States

(Michael Robison) According to a new study, almost half of the 1.6 million Americans who identify as transgender are teenagers or young adults, and some of the highest rates of …
Read More

NYC Spends Over $200k to Fund Drag Events in Public Schools

(Paul Aubert) “Drag Story NYC” has performed 49 events across 34 elementary, middle, and high schools over the past 6 months …
Read More

Census Bureau Asks For $10M To Study Sexual Orientation And Gender

(Michael Robison) The Census Bureau will be utilizing your tax dollars to research sexuality and gender to shape future questions, in an effort to expand data on the subjects across …
Read More

Biden Admin Holding Children’s Lunch Money Hostage to Force Schools to Push Transgenderism

(Andrew Jose, The Western Journal) The Biden administration is holding lunch money for schools hostage to secure concessions on LGBT issues, conservative advocacy group Fight for Schools said …
Read More

Texas Department of Public Safety Official Says Cops Were Reluctant to Take Out Uvalde Shooter Because ‘They Could’ve Been Shot’

(Cassandra Fairbanks) The law enforcement response to the horrific school shooting at an Uvalde elementary school has been facing severe criticism after it was revealed that the shooter was alive inside …
Read More

Just Like 9/11, COVID Created A Massive Shift In Human Consciousness

(Arjun Walia) The term “conspiracy theory” is being used all the time. For the most part, it’s become a word commonly used to smear those who are presenting valid evidence, …
Read More

Are You on the Right Path in Life? There May Not be Much Time Left to Decide

(Brian Shilhavy) We are living in unprecedented times, at least unprecedented during the lifetimes of every human being currently alive on planet earth today …
Read More

Dr. Lee Merritt: Starvation and Famine Will Be Weaponized to Control People

(Mary Villareal) Food shortages are plaguing the globe. Starvation and famine appear to be at the center of the next phase in the consolidated attempts of various governments to make people …
Read More

Food Shortages In Six Months – The Globalists Are Telling Us What Happens Next

(Tyler Durden) In mid 2007 the Bank for International Settlements (The central bank of central banks) released a statement predicting an impending “Great Depression” caused by a credit market implosion. That same year …
Read More

Whoa: Goya CEO Goes There: Biden Put Americans “In Chains!” His Afghanistan Withdrawal “Put Women and 12-Year-Old Children as Sex Slaves” (VIDEO)

(Jim Hoft) Joe Biden and his handlers are destroying America …
Read More

TIME Magazine Correspondent Labels Freedom of Speech a “White Male Obsession”

(Jim Hoft) The left doesn’t even hide their disdain for America. TIME magazine “national correspondent” Charlotte Alter published a piece on Friday arguing that freedom of speech a white male …
Read More

Electromagnetic Weapons, Graphene Oxide and Activated Illnesses: Exposing the Covid-5G Connection

(Ryan Matters) Ever since the beginning of the Covid saga, people have speculated about a possible link between increased illness and the rollout of 5G networks around the world …
Read More

Trump Assails Far Left For Imposing Sexualized, Racist Agenda On America’s Children

(John Solomon) Former President Donald Trump returned to the battleground of Michigan, imploring his supporters at a rally Saturday night to help Republicans win back Congress and end a liberal …
Read More

Former Transgenders Speak out Against the Exploitation and Abuse of Teens by LGBT Groomers

(Ethan Huff) Young people who were groomed into permanently mutilating their bodies in order to become “transgender” are speaking out about the regret they now feel having destroyed their lives …
Read More

Lawmaker Calls for Full Investigation Into Collusion Between Big Tech, Mainstream Media and Democrats

(Elizabeth Stauffer, The Western Journal) “So, let’s get back to the name-calling,” said “journalist” Leslie Stahl in an interview with then-President Donald Trump after dismissing what should have been one …
Read More

Despite Being Banned in Europe, EPA to Approve Toxic Pesticides that Paralyze Bees, Butterflies, and Other Insects

(B.N. Frank) The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has a long history of NOT protecting the environment or Americans. For example, in 2021, it was exposed that the agency may have been …
Read More

Welp, This Bodes Well. (Not Really.) 8 Hinky Warning Signs Happening Now

(Aden Tate) Look at what is currently happening in the world around you and use that information to make deductions. When you see storm clouds on the horizon, you’re able …
Read More

Babies Could Be Killed 28 Days After Birth Under Proposed Maryland Law, Attorney Warns

(Matt Lamb) Legislation proposed in the Maryland Senate would allow babies to be left to die for as long as the first 28 days after birth, according to analysis from …
Read More

Mississippi Legislature Passes Bill Banning Critical Race Theory in Schools

(The Center Square Staff) A bill outlawing teaching that any sex, race or religion is superior in Mississippi is sitting on the governor’s desk …
Read More

URGENT Health Ranger Mega Thread on Russia, Nuclear War, Cyber Attacks and Impending Financial Collapse

(Mike Adams) Urgent mega-thread posted earlier on Brighteon.Social, via the Health Ranger account: …
Read More

The Coming Terror of Social Impact Finance and Social Credit Scores

(Nwo Report) Will the social engineers of the future use social engineering tools such as social credit scores and social impact finance to co-create a more equitable and just world? …
Read More

Five Freedoms – Julie Ponesse’s Speech to the Trucker Convoy

(Waking Times) Last November we shared a speech by Dr. Julie Ponesse entitled Do Not Give Up Your Rights. She was a professor of ethics who taught at Ontario’s Huron University …
Read More

Dr. Robert Malone Warns Parents About COVID Vaccines for Children at ‘Defeat the Mandates’ Rally in DC

(Kennedy Hall) mRNA pioneer Dr. Robert Malone unloaded on the failures of the COVID jabs and dangers of vaccinating children while speaking at the Washington, D.C. Defeat the Mandates march on Sunday …
Read More

Joy Reid Bashes Americans For Wanting ‘Human Rights And Civil Liberties,’ Says ‘Human Sacrifice Is Right There’ In Bible

(Andrew White) MSNBC host Joy Reid went on an unhinged Twitter rant yesterday where she slammed Americans for wanting to preserve “human rights and civil liberties,” describing her belief that “human …
Read More

Mask Freaks Take the L

(Paul Joseph Watson) Mask mandates are to end in England …
Read More

1619 Project Activist: ‘I Don’t Really Understand This Idea That Parents Should Decide What’s Being Taught’ In Schools

(Gabriel Keane) 1619 Project founder Nikole Hannah-Jones, who once penned a racist screed describing white people as “bloodsuckers” and “barbaric animals,” expressed her inability to understand why American parents have a say in …
Read More

Outraged Parents DEMAND Answers After LEAKED Training Audio Exposes California Middle School Teachers Conspiring to Hide LGBTQ Indoctrination From Parents

(Julian Conradson) Last Wednesday, more than 150 outraged parents packed a Salinas, California school board meeting to voice their frustrations over teachers who were caught in November on leaked audio recordings discussing their …
Read More

America’s Most Crime Ravaged Cities All Have Something In Common

(Patty McMurray) American cities across the country are experiencing a massive rise in crime ranging in everything from theft to murder …
Read More

American Parents Mistrust Mainstream Media on Vaccination Information, Poll Finds

(The Center Square Staff) As some parents ponder on whether to get their young children vaccinated against COVID-19, a new poll shows a majority of unvaccinated parents distrust mainstream media …
Read More

Consciousness

Buy Now!

Berberine is a powerful plant compound used for its amazing ability to support the activation of longevity pathways in the body.

What is Consciousness?

Consciousness, It’s Meaning and Elements

Where Does Consciousness Exist?

The Collective Consciousness

Expanding Your Consciousness

The Number Of Transgender Youth Is On The Rise, Mostly Youth In Democrat Led States

(Michael Robison) According to a new study, almost half of the 1.6 million Americans who identify as transgender are teenagers or young adults, and some of the highest rates of …
Read More

NYC Spends Over $200k to Fund Drag Events in Public Schools

(Paul Aubert) “Drag Story NYC” has performed 49 events across 34 elementary, middle, and high schools over the past 6 months …
Read More

Census Bureau Asks For $10M To Study Sexual Orientation And Gender

(Michael Robison) The Census Bureau will be utilizing your tax dollars to research sexuality and gender to shape future questions, in an effort to expand data on the subjects across …
Read More

Biden Admin Holding Children’s Lunch Money Hostage to Force Schools to Push Transgenderism

Texas Department of Public Safety Official Says Cops Were Reluctant to Take Out Uvalde Shooter Because ‘They Could’ve Been Shot’

Just Like 9/11, COVID Created A Massive Shift In Human Consciousness

(Arjun Walia) The term “conspiracy theory” is being used all the time. For the most part, it’s become a word commonly used to smear those who are presenting valid evidence, …
Read More

Are You on the Right Path in Life? There May Not be Much Time Left to Decide

(Brian Shilhavy) We are living in unprecedented times, at least unprecedented during the lifetimes of every human being currently alive on planet earth today …
Read More

Dr. Lee Merritt: Starvation and Famine Will Be Weaponized to Control People

Food Shortages In Six Months – The Globalists Are Telling Us What Happens Next

Whoa: Goya CEO Goes There: Biden Put Americans “In Chains!” His Afghanistan Withdrawal “Put Women and 12-Year-Old Children as Sex Slaves” (VIDEO)

(Jim Hoft) Joe Biden and his handlers are destroying America …
Read More

TIME Magazine Correspondent Labels Freedom of Speech a “White Male Obsession”

Electromagnetic Weapons, Graphene Oxide and Activated Illnesses: Exposing the Covid-5G Connection

(Ryan Matters) Ever since the beginning of the Covid saga, people have speculated about a possible link between increased illness and the rollout of 5G networks around the world …
Read More

Trump Assails Far Left For Imposing Sexualized, Racist Agenda On America’s Children

Former Transgenders Speak out Against the Exploitation and Abuse of Teens by LGBT Groomers

Lawmaker Calls for Full Investigation Into Collusion Between Big Tech, Mainstream Media and Democrats

Despite Being Banned in Europe, EPA to Approve Toxic Pesticides that Paralyze Bees, Butterflies, and Other Insects

Welp, This Bodes Well. (Not Really.) 8 Hinky Warning Signs Happening Now

(Aden Tate) Look at what is currently happening in the world around you and use that information to make deductions. When you see storm clouds on the horizon, you’re able …
Read More

Babies Could Be Killed 28 Days After Birth Under Proposed Maryland Law, Attorney Warns

(Matt Lamb) Legislation proposed in the Maryland Senate would allow babies to be left to die for as long as the first 28 days after birth, according to analysis from …
Read More

Mississippi Legislature Passes Bill Banning Critical Race Theory in Schools

(The Center Square Staff) A bill outlawing teaching that any sex, race or religion is superior in Mississippi is sitting on the governor’s desk …
Read More

URGENT Health Ranger Mega Thread on Russia, Nuclear War, Cyber Attacks and Impending Financial Collapse

(Mike Adams) Urgent mega-thread posted earlier on Brighteon.Social, via the Health Ranger account: …
Read More

The Coming Terror of Social Impact Finance and Social Credit Scores

(Nwo Report) Will the social engineers of the future use social engineering tools such as social credit scores and social impact finance to co-create a more equitable and just world? …
Read More

Five Freedoms – Julie Ponesse’s Speech to the Trucker Convoy

(Waking Times) Last November we shared a speech by Dr. Julie Ponesse entitled Do Not Give Up Your Rights. She was a professor of ethics who taught at Ontario’s Huron University …
Read More

Dr. Robert Malone Warns Parents About COVID Vaccines for Children at ‘Defeat the Mandates’ Rally in DC

Joy Reid Bashes Americans For Wanting ‘Human Rights And Civil Liberties,’ Says ‘Human Sacrifice Is Right There’ In Bible

Mask Freaks Take the L

(Paul Joseph Watson) Mask mandates are to end in England …
Read More

1619 Project Activist: ‘I Don’t Really Understand This Idea That Parents Should Decide What’s Being Taught’ In Schools

Outraged Parents DEMAND Answers After LEAKED Training Audio Exposes California Middle School Teachers Conspiring to Hide LGBTQ Indoctrination From Parents

America’s Most Crime Ravaged Cities All Have Something In Common

(Patty McMurray) American cities across the country are experiencing a massive rise in crime ranging in everything from theft to murder …
Read More

American Parents Mistrust Mainstream Media on Vaccination Information, Poll Finds

Consciousness

Buy Now!

Berberine is a powerful plant compound used for its amazing ability to support the activation of longevity pathways in the body.

What is Consciousness?

Consciousness, It’s Meaning and Elements

Where Does Consciousness Exist?

The Collective Consciousness

Expanding Your Consciousness

The Number Of Transgender Youth Is On The Rise, Mostly Youth In Democrat Led States

(Michael Robison) According to a new study, almost half of the 1.6 million Americans who identify as transgender are teenagers or young adults, and some of the highest rates of …
Read More

NYC Spends Over $200k to Fund Drag Events in Public Schools

(Paul Aubert) “Drag Story NYC” has performed 49 events across 34 elementary, middle, and high schools over the past 6 months …
Read More

Census Bureau Asks For $10M To Study Sexual Orientation And Gender

(Michael Robison) The Census Bureau will be utilizing your tax dollars to research sexuality and gender to shape future questions, in an effort to expand data on the subjects across …
Read More

Biden Admin Holding Children’s Lunch Money Hostage to Force Schools to Push Transgenderism

Texas Department of Public Safety Official Says Cops Were Reluctant to Take Out Uvalde Shooter Because ‘They Could’ve Been Shot’

Just Like 9/11, COVID Created A Massive Shift In Human Consciousness

(Arjun Walia) The term “conspiracy theory” is being used all the time. For the most part, it’s become a word commonly used to smear those who are presenting valid evidence, …
Read More

Are You on the Right Path in Life? There May Not be Much Time Left to Decide

(Brian Shilhavy) We are living in unprecedented times, at least unprecedented during the lifetimes of every human being currently alive on planet earth today …
Read More

Dr. Lee Merritt: Starvation and Famine Will Be Weaponized to Control People

Food Shortages In Six Months – The Globalists Are Telling Us What Happens Next

Whoa: Goya CEO Goes There: Biden Put Americans “In Chains!” His Afghanistan Withdrawal “Put Women and 12-Year-Old Children as Sex Slaves” (VIDEO)

(Jim Hoft) Joe Biden and his handlers are destroying America …
Read More

TIME Magazine Correspondent Labels Freedom of Speech a “White Male Obsession”

Electromagnetic Weapons, Graphene Oxide and Activated Illnesses: Exposing the Covid-5G Connection

(Ryan Matters) Ever since the beginning of the Covid saga, people have speculated about a possible link between increased illness and the rollout of 5G networks around the world …
Read More

Trump Assails Far Left For Imposing Sexualized, Racist Agenda On America’s Children

Former Transgenders Speak out Against the Exploitation and Abuse of Teens by LGBT Groomers

Lawmaker Calls for Full Investigation Into Collusion Between Big Tech, Mainstream Media and Democrats

Despite Being Banned in Europe, EPA to Approve Toxic Pesticides that Paralyze Bees, Butterflies, and Other Insects

Welp, This Bodes Well. (Not Really.) 8 Hinky Warning Signs Happening Now

(Aden Tate) Look at what is currently happening in the world around you and use that information to make deductions. When you see storm clouds on the horizon, you’re able …
Read More

Babies Could Be Killed 28 Days After Birth Under Proposed Maryland Law, Attorney Warns

(Matt Lamb) Legislation proposed in the Maryland Senate would allow babies to be left to die for as long as the first 28 days after birth, according to analysis from …
Read More

Mississippi Legislature Passes Bill Banning Critical Race Theory in Schools

(The Center Square Staff) A bill outlawing teaching that any sex, race or religion is superior in Mississippi is sitting on the governor’s desk …
Read More

URGENT Health Ranger Mega Thread on Russia, Nuclear War, Cyber Attacks and Impending Financial Collapse

(Mike Adams) Urgent mega-thread posted earlier on Brighteon.Social, via the Health Ranger account: …
Read More

The Coming Terror of Social Impact Finance and Social Credit Scores

(Nwo Report) Will the social engineers of the future use social engineering tools such as social credit scores and social impact finance to co-create a more equitable and just world? …
Read More

Five Freedoms – Julie Ponesse’s Speech to the Trucker Convoy

(Waking Times) Last November we shared a speech by Dr. Julie Ponesse entitled Do Not Give Up Your Rights. She was a professor of ethics who taught at Ontario’s Huron University …
Read More

Dr. Robert Malone Warns Parents About COVID Vaccines for Children at ‘Defeat the Mandates’ Rally in DC

Joy Reid Bashes Americans For Wanting ‘Human Rights And Civil Liberties,’ Says ‘Human Sacrifice Is Right There’ In Bible

Mask Freaks Take the L

(Paul Joseph Watson) Mask mandates are to end in England …
Read More

1619 Project Activist: ‘I Don’t Really Understand This Idea That Parents Should Decide What’s Being Taught’ In Schools

Outraged Parents DEMAND Answers After LEAKED Training Audio Exposes California Middle School Teachers Conspiring to Hide LGBTQ Indoctrination From Parents

America’s Most Crime Ravaged Cities All Have Something In Common

(Patty McMurray) American cities across the country are experiencing a massive rise in crime ranging in everything from theft to murder …
Read More

American Parents Mistrust Mainstream Media on Vaccination Information, Poll Finds

Humanity

Science for hiring; A Gary Null production.

By Jan Kleinen on Saturday, November 12, 2022

Science for Hire – A Gary Null Production (rumble.com)

Analysis by Dr. Joseph Mercola Fact Checked

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

“Science for Hire,” produced by Gary Null, is a film that tackles some of the most critical scientific issues threatening the health and well-being of the U.S. public
Long-standing systemic corruption in medical organizations and medical schools, federal regulatory agencies and academic journals has led to a world where pseudoscience and misinformation rules
Elected officials and the media are captured by the highest bidder, and those who dare speak out against the establishment are attacked, their careers often destroyed in the process
The film covers a wide range of topics — from corruption at Dr. Anthony Fauci’s National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID) — an arm of the National Institutes of Health — to the opioid epidemic
Set aside two hours to watch the film in its entirety for an eye-opening look at the dark side of the scientific, pharmaceutical and military industrial complexes

In 2003, Gary Null, Ph.D., was a coauthor of the bombshell “Death by Medicine” article¹ which described how the conventional American medical system had become the No. 1 leading cause of death and injury in the U.S., claiming the lives of nearly 783,936 people annually. Now, Null is the executive producer of “Science for Hire,” a film that tackles some of the most critical scientific issues threatening the health and well-being of the U.S. public.²

Due to long-standing systemic corruption in medical organizations and medical schools, federal regulatory agencies, and academic journals, “we enter a world where pseudoscience and misinformation rules.”³ Elected officials and the media are captured by the highest bidder, and those who dare speak out against the establishment are attacked, their careers often destroyed in the process.

There’s no separation between governments and the pharmaceutical industry which operate, the film notes, “in lockstep … to erect an unregulated global regime, a ‘Great Reset,’ that will dictate what we can eat, what medical interventions are permitted and banned, and the rewards and punishments that legislate our choices.”⁴

The film covers a wide range of topics — from corruption at Anthony Fauci’s National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID) — an arm of the National Institutes of Health — to the opioid epidemic. I urge you to set aside two hours to watch the film in its entirety for an eye-opening look at the dark side of the scientific, pharmaceutical, and military industrial complexes.

US Medical System Captured by Big Pharma From the Start

Many of the most powerful health strategies cost nothing at all or can be implemented very inexpensively. Yet, not only are these natural strategies not taught in conventional medical schools, but if you go against the standard, pharmaceutical-based treatment options you can be challenged, reprimanded or have your medical license taken away.

This process ostracizing natural therapies began back in 1910 with the release of the Flexner Report, which was written in commission for the Carnegie Foundation.⁵ The Flexner Report essentially eliminated almost every form of natural medicine, because it was a competitor to the emerging class of pharmaceuticals, primarily derived from oil and petroleum products that John Rockefeller was behind.⁶

So Big Pharma’s infiltration of regulatory and public health agencies goes back more than 100 years to the creation of the Rockefeller Foundation in 1913. Just two years earlier, Rockefeller’s Standard Oil Company had been ruled an unreasonable monopoly and split into 34 companies, which became Exxon, Mobil, Chevron, Amoco, Marathon and others.⁷

The breakup only served to increase Rockefeller’s wealth, however, and the foundation he created under his named was deemed “a menace to the future political and economic welfare of the nation.”

The Foundation, in partnership with Andrew Carnegie and educator Abraham Flexner, then set out to centralize U.S. medical schooling, orienting it to the “germ theory” of disease, which states that germs are solely responsible for disease and necessitates the use of pharmaceuticals to target said germs.

With that narrative in hand, Rockefeller financed the campaign to consolidate mainstream medicine, adopt the philosophies of the growing pharmaceutical industry and shutter its competition. Many don’t realize that today the Rockefellers own half of the pharmaceutical industry.

Rockefeller’s crusade caused the closure of more than half of U.S. medical schools, fostered public and press scorn for homeopathy, osteopathy, chiropractic, nutritional, holistic, functional, integrative and natural medicines, and led to the incarceration of many practicing physicians.⁸ The complete story can be found in Robert F. Kennedy’s book, “The Real Anthony Fauci.” As “Science for Hire” noted:⁹

“About 100 years ago, things were really beginning to change in the United States. We were changing from an agrarian economy to an industrial economy. Titans of industry really wanted to be able to control the world financial system as a whole. When the Rockefellers took over the allopathic medicine, there were many types of medical education in the United States.

There were homeopathic doctors and there were naturopathic doctors who were using natural medicines to heal, and they were having very good outcomes. Once the Rockefellers took over the system, they closed down those other schools and they only promoted the sale of their drugs. They promoted surgery and they promoted radiation.

The Rockefellers were also in charge of the oil industry and the chemical industry. And they also made an alliance with a huge German concern called IG Farben, which was a big chemical industry in Germany and the largest financier of the Nazi rise to power.”

‘In the 1930s, the FDA Became a Monster’

Around the time the Rockefeller Foundation was building momentum, there were serious concerns with the meatpacking industry and the food industry in general. Unsanitary conditions at meatpacking plants were the norm, while poisonous preservatives and dyes were widely used in foods. Medications also made false “cure-all” claims and often included toxic ingredients.¹⁰

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration was started in the 1930s to address many of these pitfalls and “was sold to the people of the United States as an agency that was going to protect its food and drug supply,” the film noted.

“There was a lot of mischief going on in the food industry and the FDA was set up to correct that problem,” William Faloon, director of Life Extension Foundation, added. “They evolved into regulating drugs, medical devices and, at this point, they regulate just about anything that goes into the human body.”¹¹

But by 1938, said Jonathan Emord, constitutional lawyer, and author of “Restore the Republic,” “the FDA became a monster. And from that point forward, it has grown by leaps and bounds until the ‘60s when it acquired jurisdiction over both safety and efficacy of drugs.” In 1938, under Franklin Roosevelt, the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act was passed, which gave the FDA authority to regulate medical devices and cosmetics and establish standards for foods.¹²

Basically, the FDA appointed itself as the expert. In 1962, an amendment was passed that expanded the FDA’s authority to not only regulate drug safety but also the effectiveness of new drugs. Emord continued, “At that point, the FDA was largely a captive of industry. The FDA does no clinical testing of drugs itself. It relies entirely on submissions made to it by the drug companies. This would appear to the average person to be a gross conflict of interest. And in fact, it is.”¹³

Leemon McHenry, Professor Emeritus, philosophy and bioethics, with California State University, Northridge, explained:¹⁴

“We need independent testing to take the clinical trials out of the hands of the pharmaceutical industry. This needs to be the responsibility of government and universities rather than the pharmaceutical industry testing their own products. It’s the proverbial fox guarding the henhouse. What we have is a corruption of the system. And it’s particularly alarming that the regulatory agencies of the government don’t do anything about it.”

AMA, WHO, NIH, CDC Controlled by Big Pharma

The American Medical Association only contributes to the corruption of the health care industry, as they sell lists to the drug industry revealing which drugs certain doctors are prescribing. Big Pharma can then reward doctors prescribing the most expensive medications. McHenry continued:¹⁵

“The oligarchy of corporations here has basically usurped cherished institutions of democracy, which involve checks and balances in the system but also scientific integrity. So who’s looking out for scientific integrity?”

Dr. Paul Marik, a critical care doctor formerly with Sentara Norfolk General Hospital in East Virginia, who is renowned for his work in creating the “Marik cocktail,” which significantly reduces death rates from sepsis using inexpensive, safe, generic medications,¹⁶ was interviewed in the film. He went so far as to call for Big Pharma to be removed from the equation entirely to protect public health worldwide:¹⁷

“WHO should be there to represent the interests of people on this planet. That’s what their job is. But unfortunately, the WHO, the NIH, CDC are so influenced by Big Pharma. So, I think, you know, we need to evolve to the point where Big Pharma gets removed from the equation. Big Pharma is the biggest contributor to lobbyists. They control the media; they control the press.

So, they have a stranglehold on free speech, scientific investigation, scientific integrity. I think COVID has brought up the worst in this respect. And I think it’s time that these organizations should go back to what the goal is, what the fundamental job is, to provide the best health to people on this planet. And that profiteering should not be driving this.”

The result is that scientific freedom and academic freedom are myths. “The NIH gets into contractual relationships with companies that, once they patent a drug, the NIH gets a certain amount of the revenue. They make a lot of money from these patented drugs and their development, including the vaccines,” Marik said.¹⁸

According to Robert F. Kennedy Jr., the FDA gets 45% of its annual budget from the pharmaceutical industry, while WHO gets about half of its budget from private sources such as Big Pharma and its foundations. Further, the CDC owns 56 vaccine patents, and buys and distributes $4.6 billion in vaccines every year, amounting to more than 40% of its total budget.¹⁹ With this level of corporate capture, how can they have the public’s best interests at heart?

Opioid Epidemic Reveals Drug Industry’s True Motives

Over the last two to three decades, especially in the case of blockbuster drugs, McHenry explained, many medications have been sold where “the risk-benefit ratio is not in favor of taking the drug.”²⁰ In many cases, people who shouldn’t have been taking drugs or vaccines in the first place ended up having serious adverse events after taking drugs or getting shots, like the HPV vaccine, they didn’t really need.

The opioid epidemic is a perfect example. Worldwide, 40.5 million people struggle with opioid dependence, a global prevalence of 510 cases per 100,000 people.²¹ Opioids have a very high rate of addiction, as they trigger your brain to release endorphins that not only relieve pain but also create feelings of pleasure and well-being.

As the good feelings wear off, the craving to recreate them by taking more pills can be strong, but soon tolerance develops and an even higher dose is needed to get the same feel-good boost.

Using opioids for as few as five days increases the risk of long-term use,²² and many people who start out taking the drugs for back pain or other chronic pain end up addicted. An estimated 21% to 29% of people prescribed opioids for chronic pain misuse them and 8% to 12% develop an opioid use disorder. Many also transition to using heroin; an estimated 80% of heroin users misused prescription opioids first.²³

Unfortunately, opioids continue to be prescribed in cases where less addictive medications could be used instead. And patients are often kept in the dark about the drugs’ true addictive nature, believing they’re safe since they’re prescribed by a doctor. From October 2019 to October 2020, there were 91,862 estimated overdose deaths in the U.S., which represents a 30% increase in 12 months.²⁴

Opioids, including oxycodone, hydrocodone and morphine, accounted for most deaths — 68,399 — followed by synthetic opioids, such as fentanyl and tramadol.²⁵ Purdue Pharma, manufacturer of OxyContin, and its owners the Sackler family, will pay up to $12 billion as part of a settlement with 23 states for their responsibility in starting — and sustaining — the opioid epidemic.^26,27

This is just one example. Other blockbuster drugs, like Vioxx and statins, have also been implicated in adverse reactions, including deaths, and their makers convicted of fraudulent marketing.²⁸

COVID-19 Pandemic: The Culmination of Censorship and Control

The second half of the film details the widespread censorship and corruption that occurred during the COVID-19 pandemic. While effective treatments were downplayed and those who attempted to use them ostracized from their professions, COVID-19 shots were foisted upon the population, including children — a population at little risk from the virus and high risk of harm from the shots.

Research showed concerning effects of COVID-19 shots, including myocarditis, decreases in fertility, risk of miscarriage and changes to women’s menstrual cycles. As pathologist Dr. Roger Hodkinson stated, “If there are fertility issues as a consequence of this, it could be the most grotesque mistake ever made in medical history.”²⁹ Dr. Richard Fleming, a physicist, nuclear cardiologist and attorney, also explained:³⁰

“The research done by independent researchers have shown that there is damage to the brains and other body organs caused by these viruses and these vaccines that are called prion diseases. So, you can have mad cow disease in the brain or Alzheimer’s in the brain or amyloid disease in the heart, which is another type of prion disease.

But the studies done by people doing the research on the animals have been very clear and very consistent. Prion diseases, inflammation and blood clotting … and real concerns about miscarriages and other health problems and deaths. None of this has been done by Pfizer, Moderna, Janssen or the other companies.”

Cancer is also a possibility, with doctors stating that their patients have come out of remission after years shortly after receiving the shots. “We have so many fundamental questions in biology right now that need to be answered. And this isn’t in a petri dish. These products are in 5 billion human beings now,” noted Jessica Rose, a data analyst and postdoctoral researcher.³¹

Paving the Way for Global Control

At this point, even though WHO is not qualified to make global health decisions, it is attempting to seize control over global pandemic monitoring and response via the development of a new pandemic treaty. As reported by Ben Swann of Truth in Media:³²

“The WHO is on track to get nearly all Western countries to sign on to this agreement on pandemic preparedness that would grant the WHO absolute power over global biosecurity such as the power to implement digital identities, vaccine passports, mandatory vaccinations, travel restrictions globally, standardized medical care and so much more.

This treaty includes 190 countries and would be legally binding. If a pandemic is declared, the WHO takes over the global health management of the pandemic. What’s more here, the WHO would be in full control over what gets called a pandemic. They can dictate how doctors can respond, which drugs can and cannot be used or which vaccines are approved. And this is for the entire globe, not just one country.”

Bill Gates is also building a pandemic response team for the WHO, dubbed the “Global Epidemic Response & Mobilization,” or GERM, Team. This team will be made up of thousands of disease experts under WHO’s purview and will monitor nations and make decisions about when to suspend civil liberties to prevent spread of an illness.³³

Swann continued, “Bill Gates has announced the creation of a pandemic German team that will monitor sovereign nations and decide when they need to suspend civil liberties, force people to wear masks and to close borders. According to Gates, the global team will be made up of some 3,000 disease experts under WHO purview and will receive around $1 billion per year in funding.”³⁴

All these efforts — the orchestration of health agencies captured by industry, gain-of-function research, media manipulation, the downfall of scientific credibility, propaganda and the creation of “pandemic preparedness” treaties — are intended to culminate in one thing — the enabling of global power. “It is a new vehicle for exerting global economic and political power,” the film notes. “This is the reality that’s behind all this and we need to wake up.”³⁵

Links humanityandearth.com:

Banning Early Treatment Was a Crime Against Humanity?

Big Data, Transhumanism & Why the Singularity May Be Faked.

Power & greed, pushing for the economic collapse or great reset.

Please listen to this video about geoengineering on our planet! Geoengineering and our dying Trees.

Humanityandearth.com

Humanity

SOMEONE IS RE-TERRAFORMING OUR EARTH?

By Jan Kleinen on Tuesday, November 8, 2022

AND RIGHT BEFORE OUR EYES?

And there are all kinds of explanations about the why and how of chem-trailing and other interferences on a big scale, but all governments are keeping quiet about them and discourage speculation?

Maybe? Do you believe it?

Right above our heads, in plain sight, powders and aerosols descending from the skies, changing our flora and our fauna by killing it off, perhaps making Earth a planet fit for some other kind of life that requires aluminum to live on?

Trees, plants, seaweed use the CO2 in the air to grow and form/produce carbohydrates and is also our food and animals do need it too. In addition, produce O2 or oxygen which we and these animals use/need. By poisoning this process does has grave consequences and is done on purpose, no question about it?

Or perhaps even creating new kinds of plants, using our existing flora as a basis, plants that will absorb aluminum and contain it for consumption by that new species that intends to replace us?

Even if the governments in the World are keeping a silence of the dead around discussion of Chem trailing and other interferences actively and 24/7, denying that it even exists, that all who claim to see it are psychotics under some sort of mass-hallucination (do photographs lie?), what would we notice, that might give the lie to governmental lying?
Would, say, attempts be proceeding to develop aluminum-resistant plants, perhaps even animals? Yes, such developmental projects are being pushed at high speed right now.

See Video:
Are these developments to our benefit, or to those intending to replace us? Answer: As we and our present-day plants and animals will definitely be killed off by the aluminum, we certainly are not the beneficiaries of this.

Others are.
Only if our world governments, becoming daily more intolerant towards those they are robbing of pension, and medical-benefits and even mere decent wages,

acting like we are just a nuisance to some agenda of their own, are under the control of those aliens from Somewhere who are currently Alien-forming Earth, do all these phenomena we are witnessing today make sense.

We are being replaced by something else, and our governments are under the control of those who are doing this and are doing it for them, not for us. Unfortunate, but true.
If we are too dumb to notice what is happening right above our heads, then we deserve to die.

Number of websites in respect of climate and weather and views for to choose/research?

The lowest temperature ever recorded in our registered history was this in Antarctica. The climate is changing and a dynamic process. But there is interference on a big scale and no authority wants to discus nor its influences on what we see/experience?

AUGUST 19, 2022 | MÁIRE NÍ MHAOINE | WORLD NEWS

‘THERE IS NO CLIMATE EMERGENCY’: 1,100 SCIENTISTS AND PROFESSIONALS SIGN WORLD CLIMATE DECLARATION

There is “no climate emergency” according to over 1,100 scientists and professionals from across the world, led by the Norwegian physics Nobel Prize laureate Professor Ivar Giaever, who have signed the recently published World Climate Declaration.

The article by the World Climate Declaration (WCD) claiming that “there is no climate emergency” began gaining traction on social media on Thursday 18 August after it was reportedly “scrubbed from the internet” and retrieved by the Wayback Machine as per a report in Euro Weekly News yesterday.

The north located countries in the EU have to follow the EU and transfer money to the countries in the south of our world.

Basta.

Push, push and push. The never-ending discussion, CO2 does not change the climate on earth, did not so in the past, not now, nor will it in our future.

It is the raw material plants, trees, seaweed, need to grow and produce. Live/life/produce. Simple/basic.

Essential, combined with sunlight and water produces our food and release oxygen which we and our animals need. Currently it is at an all-time low about 0.04% of our air and has never been that low in the history of planet earth. Too low in fact to produce enough food for us/animals resulting in famine. It is free, CO2, Water, Sunlight. But not for long anymore. They want Money, Money and more Money?

Please note: Biden’s Message on Climate Might Not Be the One the World Wants? The summits where developing nations (BRIC +) have spent all week excoriating the US and other industrialized nations for causing climate change and demanding reparations. The Plan developed by Rockefeller and others within the deep State (NWO) and advanced and executed by WEF/EU/and currently US. Also, the creation of BRIC. Factual he owns both and deeply in-dept to his banks. The standard mode like WW2 owning Germany and the US. Because of the winner takes all but also very profitable. The money borrowed is created from thin air or nothing. (Special drawing rights). Part of this plan is to let the bricks win. And colonialism to be destroyed. All to do to make us in the West feel guilty and give up. (Suicide)

That is also the origin of the scam. Bringing extreme left on board in the beginning and pushing the save the world agenda. Sounds good and who would not be willing to go for that? Trouble is that CO2 does not change the climate, but every human worldwide produces it good enough. To bring the rest of the world on board promise large payments and lucrative jobs for the current rulers/family/friends.

Playing Santa and we to pay. They the NWO/Cabal tried a couple of time to finish/complete the scam but failed as result of external complications. Do remember the introduction and push of Lundberg. With an increasing number of heads of state and related waiting for the ships with gold arriving and add to what was expected. To the politicians in the West no problem promising a lot, but you are not bound by it.

They the Cabal/Banks start to buy all industry in Europe working and supplying the world markets and relocating to China/India. Why cheap labor especial EU was there the demands to clean the toxic left over or the industrial waste. In addition, the large numbers of people (Markets). Now have it two ways, low labor cost countries and no real demands in respect of removal of toxins. Netting trillions in extra profits. Now a 100% switch. We the West are responsible for the sorrow state of the World environment and should be punish/Pay.

The World upside down. Now, in addition, the NWO/WEF or globalist are telling the developing countries that they should in addition demand compensation as well and more specific now CHINA. Not that they need too because the main participants/organizers are recruited from extreme left/collectivists. Stood out during their education in Universities of the West and integrated by the NWO/Cabal specific. Also, brain washed.

That is why they have been successful in using our education system to teach us that we the people in the West are guilty for any and everything that is going on in the world and not good. Nothing to do with us but that is what we did learn/hear in schools after WW2 and our history changed/updated.

Next unite them, arm them and start moving. By removing our industrial base in the past, we are no longer really able to produce the needed for defense other than going nuclear and with high speed.

Socking the fact that CO2 is the raw material plants need to produce and the current amount with the air already too low to produce enough. Should at least be double the current level being 0.04 and is really nothing. The planners and pushers of the great reset do know this and love it. Business who grows vegetables in glasshouses return the combusted air from the heaters back when used into the glasshouses to increase growth. The higher the CO2 content the higher the growth/yield. Nothing new and well known. However, what these extremists are pushing for is the opposite and lower the CO2 in the air and decrease growth/yield worldwide/famine.

Who within his right mind would do such a thing and only possible because they own/control the main media. If I dear write about it for example a note will be attached stating that the temperatures are changing. Everything is part of a dynamic process. Even when I did intend school 70 years ago the teachers would tell us kids that at one time Greenland was subtropical. We do know that our poles do not stay in one place. We know that the electrical/magnetically charges flip at certain period in time. I did read that in Antarctica the lowest temperature ever measured was recorded. One part of Antartica is melting and the opposite site is growing. I love water and the sea (Ocean) and build a house on a strand at a tidal inlet 50 years ago. (Atlantic) When I did was warned about possible flooding. I never did, still possible depending on wind and the moon but the sea-level did rise a little but not much in all that time. That makes it easy for me.

The Davos group/WEF are using the media which are under their control pushing this agenda and knowing that it will result in a great famine and many people/animals will pass. (Depopulation) Please wake-up before it is too late?

Enslavement for the so-called greater good. Forgot to inform you much earlier. The Carbon footprint because it catches all humans, every single life on earth but also the animal. So, if you wonder what is happening, nothing by accident nor nature but planned and pushed by the Cabal. And most of our elected politicians decided to join the party.

Behind all of it is an attempt by the WEF/Cabal too monetize everything and control it like they do now with oil and gas. Unfortunately, CO2 is the raw material plants need to grow/produce and on a historic low leading to famine?

To low should be between 0.08 and 0.10 to feed the current population/animals. And transparent and open for discussion instead of feeding restricted and manipulated info.

The Cabal/FEW are unsaturable. Not differ much of the EU/fact he same other than by name. Working in tandem and most elected member in Brussels are also WEF members and Agenda. (Proper?)

Started some time ago and when the investor/friend Soro talk about it he most of the time talked about the War on The Poor and they were winning. At least a dozen times during interviews given.

Using small lock-steps.

End of the story it is all about money, money, big money and you and I will be forced to pay the bill.

Push, push like was and still is the case with the so-called Covid pandemic.

The Daily Digest did place this article and is about UBER. Question, how many represent/members of the WEF?

The latest from COP27.

Despite the fact that the scientific statements proposed by Kerry and the First Movers Coalition are proven false, Kerry said “President Biden is more determined than ever to continue” with the radical green agenda.

NEWS agenda 201

John Kerry says climate change strategy will be rolled out like COVID vaccines

The WEF-U.S. State Department’s ‘First Movers Coalition’ is convinced that rising global temperatures will cause international deaths to rise.

However, this is in contradiction to the most up to date research.

Last year, climate science expert Bjorn Lomborg noted that nearly half a million people died from “storms, floods, droughts, wildfires and extreme temperatures” per year a century ago while in 2020 just 14,000 died in similar events.

“That’s almost 99% less than the death toll a century ago,” he wrote. “The global population has quadrupled since then, so this is an even bigger drop than it looks.”

Not that it matters. Generating Fear, censorship and push, push.

John KerryTwitter

During a COP27 panel on Tuesday, John Kerry said that the World Economic Forum’s (WEF) “First Movers Coalition” climate initiative has been modeled from COVID vaccine rollouts.

COP27 is an annual climate change conference held by the UN and features organizations such as the WEF as well as statesmen and businessmen from governments and corporations.

Appearing alongside WEF president Børge Brende and various corporate executives, U.S. Special Presidential Envoy for Climate John Kerry urged the private sector to merge with the public sector in order to stop an allegedly catastrophic climate disaster that he believes is coming.

In his speech, he said, “We have an enormous challenge before us to bring to scale new technologies and to harness the deeply capable capacity of private sector entrepreneurs in order to bring them to the table because without it, no government has enough money … we need everybody behind this.”

The First Movers Coalition is the result of a partnership between the U.S. State Department and the WEF, and was established before last year’s COP26 conference.

The essence of the endeavor is to lure big companies into committing to “green” initiatives by attaching loads of public funding in order to take away the risk of losing any money on behalf of the corporation.

Kerry told the attendees at the panel that the initiative sought seeks to harness the same infrastructure that rolled out COVID jabs where collaboration between corporations and the state was commonplace.

Kerry said that he believes the state-corporation collaboration to roll out COVID jabs was necessary because “human life was so at risk.” And he believes the same type of collaboration is necessary now because of “the challenges of the global climate crisis.”

The WEF-U.S. State Department initiative is convinced that rising global temperatures will cause international deaths to rise.

Also proven to truth but who cares. The eminent take-over and control by big business is all that matter.

NEWS

Rich countries must spend $2 trillion per year for ‘climate justice’: UN report

Leaders at the COP27 climate summit in Egypt demanded a ‘fossil fuel non-proliferation treaty’ be signed, despite many of them having jetted in from around the world.

Former U.S. Vice President Al Gore speaks vat the COP27 climate conference on November 9, 2022, in Sharm El-Sheikh, EgyptPhoto by Sean Gallup/Getty Images

David
McLoone

Sat Nov 12, 2022 – 12:59 pm EST

Listen to this article

0:00 / 4:111X

BeyondWords

SHARM EL-SHEIKH, Egypt (LifeSiteNews) — A United Nations report has called for wealthy nations to “invest” over $2 trillion in developing countries by 2030 to address the alleged climate crisis.

The “Finance for Climate Action” report, developed in a partnership between Egypt and the U.K. – the respective hosts of the COP27 and COP26 climate summits –was released on Tuesday. It calls for a “major, rapid and sustained investment push … to drive a strong and sustainable recovery out of current and recent crises, transform economic growth, and to deliver on shared development and climate goals.”

This is unlikely to be applauded by the 41% of climate scientists who are willing to admit that they don’t believe that there is a climate crisis.

According to the report, the goal of limiting global average temperature rises to 1.5 Celsius, set forward in the pro-abortion Paris Climate Agreement, can be achieved only through “$1 trillion per year in external finance” before 2030, to be donated to “emerging markets and developing countries” by “developed countries.” Around $1.4 trillion is to be raised domestically by scaling back on fossil-fuel subsidies and implementing a “carbon tax,” the report suggested.

Despite contributing more than any other nation to global carbon emissions, China was explicitly excluded from the requirement to fund the climate action initiative.

The 94-page analysis focused on “mitigation” and “adaptation,” with the former calling for a global shift from fossil-fuel usage and the latter promoting infrastructure for supposed climate change-induced disasters to be provided at the expense of the fossil fuel industry.

According to a report in France24, Nicholas Stern, an economist and one of the report’s co-authors, stated that achieving the Paris climate goals was not driven merely by self-interest, but also “justice.”

READ: Environmental alarmism is nothing but a big lie from the ‘climate industrial complex’

— Article continues below Petition —

SIGN: Pope Francis must revoke nomination of pro-abortion atheist to Pontifical Academy for Life

8466 have signed the petition.

Let’s get to 9000!

Add your signature:

Show Petition TextCountry…USACanadaAaland IslandsAfghanistanAlbaniaAlgeriaAmerican SamoaAndorraAngolaAnguillaAntarcticaAntigua and BarbudaArgentinaArmeniaArubaAustraliaAustriaAzerbaijanBahamasBahrainBangladeshBarbadosBelarusBelgiumBelizeBeninBermudaBhutanBoliviaBosnia and HerzegovinaBotswanaBouvet IslandBrazilBritish Indian Ocean TerritoryBrunei DarussalamBulgariaBurkina FasoBurundiCambodiaCameroonCape VerdeCayman IslandsCentral African RepublicChadChileChinaChristmas IslandCocos (Keeling) IslandsColombiaComorosCongoCook IslandsCosta RicaCote D’IvoireCroatiaCubaCuracaoCyprusCzech RepublicDemocratic Republic of the CongoDenmarkDjiboutiDominicaDominican RepublicEcuadorEgyptEl SalvadorEquatorial GuineaEritreaEstoniaEthiopiaFalkland IslandsFaroe IslandsFijiFinlandFranceFrench GuianaFrench PolynesiaFrench Southern TerritoriesGabonGambiaGeorgiaGermanyGhanaGibraltarGreeceGreenlandGrenadaGuadeloupeGuamGuatemalaGuernseyGuineaGuinea-BissauGuyanaHaitiHeard and McDonald IslandsHondurasHong KongHungaryIcelandIndiaIndonesiaIranIraqIrelandIsle of ManIsraelItalyJamaicaJapanJerseyJordanKazakhstanKenyaKiribatiKuwaitKyrgyzstanLao People’s Democratic RepublicLatviaLebanonLesothoLiberiaLibyaLiechtensteinLithuaniaLuxembourgMacauMacedoniaMadagascarMalawiMalaysiaMaldivesMaliMaltaMarshall IslandsMartiniqueMauritaniaMauritiusMayotteMexicoMicronesiaMoldovaMonacoMongoliaMontenegroMontserratMoroccoMozambiqueMyanmarNamibiaNauruNepalNetherlandsNetherlands AntillesNew CaledoniaNew ZealandNicaraguaNigerNigeriaNiueNorfolk IslandNorth KoreaNorthern Mariana IslandsNorwayOmanPakistanPalauPalestinePanamaPapua New GuineaParaguayPeruPhilippinesPitcairnPolandPortugalPuerto RicoQatarRepublic of KosovoReunionRomaniaRussiaRwandaSaint BarthelemySaint HelenaSaint Kitts and NevisSaint LuciaSaint MartinSaint Pierre and MiquelonSaint Vincent and the GrenadinesSamoaSan MarinoSao Tome and PrincipeSaudi ArabiaSenegalSerbiaSeychellesSierra LeoneSingaporeSint MaartenSlovakiaSloveniaSolomon IslandsSomaliaSouth AfricaSouth Georgia and the South Sandwich IslandsSouth KoreaSouth SudanSpainSri LankaSudanSurinameSvalbard and Jan Mayen IslandsSwazilandSwedenSwitzerlandSyriaTaiwanTajikistanTanzaniaThailandTimor-LesteTogoTokelauTongaTrinidad and TobagoTunisiaTurkeyTurkmenistanTurks and Caicos IslandsTuvaluUgandaUkraineUnited Arab EmiratesUnited KingdomUnited States Minor Outlying IslandsUruguayUzbekistanVanuatuVatican CityVenezuelaVietnamVirgin Islands (British)Virgin Islands (U.S.)Wallis and Futuna IslandsWestern SaharaYemenZambiaZimbabweNot Collected

Keep me updated via email on this petition and related issues. Sign this Petition

“Rich countries should recognise that it is in their vital self-interest – as well as a matter of justice given the severe impacts caused by their high levels of current and past emissions – to invest in climate action in emerging market and developing countries.”

The report itself also claims that “[d]eveloped countries have a crucial responsibility from the standpoint of climate justice, given historical responsibilities and the interrelationship with poverty reduction.”

The authors suggested that providing financial assistance to poor countries is “critical… to support action on restoring land and nature, and for protecting against and responding to the loss and damage due to climate change impacts.”

Despite many having themselves jetted in, leaders at the COP27 conference in Egypt called for a “fossil fuels non-proliferation treaty.” Tuvalu Prime Minister Kausea Natano declared that “[I]t’s getting too hot, and there is very [little] time to slow and reverse the increasing temperature. Therefore, it is essential to prioritize fast-acting strategies.”

However, in an appearance on Fox News last month, aerospace engineer and former climate alarmist Tom Harris decried the push to curtail carbon emissions as part of an apparent climate saving agenda, calling the international movement a “scam.”

Harris argued that climate modelling is far from “settled science,” stating instead that “it’s a very immature science.”

“In fact, we don’t even know whether it’s going to warm or cool in the future,” he said. “Various people who study the sun… show that we’re headed into a great solar minimum around 2060, and that we’ll see gradual cooling over the next few decades.”

“So the bottom line is, we have no clue what’s going to really happen, so the only sensible approach is to get ready for it, to make our infrastructure harder, to use solid, dependable sources of energy like coal… and not to turn off our solid, reliable energy sources for flimsy wind and solar power,” Harris concluded.

NEWS

‘Scam’: Former climate change alarmist says agenda has ‘no foundation’

‘So the bottom line is, we have no clue what’s going to really happen, so the only sensible approach is to… use solid, dependable sources of energy like coal… and not to turn off our solid, reliable energy sources for flimsy wind and solar power.’

Aerospace engineer Tom HarrisBridge City News / YouTube

Joseph
Summers

Thu Oct 20, 2022 – 12:30 pm EDT

Listen to this article

0:00 / 6:461X

BeyondWords

(LifeSiteNews) — A former climate alarmist appeared on Laura Ingraham’s FOX News program las week, calling climate alarmism, the belief that the world will suffer catastrophically as a result of man-made climate change or global warming, a “scam.”

Tom Harris, Executive Director of the International Climate Science Coalition, an organization that seeks to promote a better understanding of climate science, told Ingraham that contrary to the mainstream position, there is not an impending climate crisis.

“I was originally an aerospace engineer,” Harris began, “and I would give speeches, and I wrote articles. I wrote one in the Ottawa Citizen about comparative climatology, how studying the planets helps us understand the earth better. And I used the example of the runaway greenhouse effect on Venus. I said ‘This could happen on the earth, if we don’t reduce carbon dioxide!’”

“A local professor at Carleton University, a professor of geology, he liked my article so much he used it in his course on climate change,” Harris continued. “But he said to the students, ‘But that part about Venus is wrong. What happened on Venus cannot physically happen on earth,’ and he explained why.”

Harris claimed that the professor took him to his lab and showed him his findings, as well as those of other scientists, recounting “At times, [carbon dioxide] was 1300% of today, and we were stuck in very cold conditions. So it was all over the board. So I started wondering, ‘Well, maybe he’s right.’”

Harris also stated that the professor introduced him to people that showed him that thousands of scientists who disagree with the so-called “climate consensus,” shattering the proposition that most scientists believe in global warming.

Harris then brought out a book that dismantles the claims of thousands of articles about the climate crisis, showing that “there is no foundation” to the proposition.

“Here’s a book actually that illustrates that, it’s called Climate Change Reconsidered, and this is on climatechangereconsidered.org,” Harris said. “There are thousands of references here which talk about the fact that there is no foundation to the climate scam. It’s all based on models that don’t work.”

When asked by Ingraham if the science around climate and climate change was “settled science,” Harris answered in the negative.

“No,” Harris said. “In fact, it’s a very immature science. In fact, we don’t even know whether its going to warm or cool in the future. Various people who study the sun … they show that we’re headed into a great solar minimum around 2060, and that we’ll see gradual cooling over the next few decades.”

“So the bottom line is, we have no clue what’s going to really happen, so the only sensible approach is to get ready for it, to make our infrastructure harder, to use solid, dependable sources of energy like coal … and not to turn off our solid, reliable energy sources for flimsy wind and solar power,” Harris concluded.

Harris’ comments come as the World Economic Forum (WEF) has proposed climate protocols similar to the COVID lockdowns to help “alleviate” stresses caused by “climate change.”

In the WEF report, titled ‘My Carbon’: An approach for inclusive and sustainable cities, the authors suggested that implementing systems to track and restrict personal carbon usage has had “limited success due to a lack of social acceptance, political resistance, and a lack of awareness and fair mechanism for tracking ‘My Carbon’ emissions,” but that the response to the COVID lockdowns created an environment in which that “lack of social acceptance and political resistance” may be overcome.

“A huge number of unimaginable restrictions for public health were adopted by billions of citizens across the world,” the report stated. “There were numerous examples globally of maintaining social distancing, wearing masks, mass vaccinations and acceptance of contact-tracing applications for public health, which demonstrated the core of individual social responsibility.”

Speaking to LifeSiteNews last month, Marc Morano, author of  The Great Reset: Global Elites and the Permanent Lockdown, warned that  lockdowns, restrictions, and even planned economic collapse are all part of the “climate” agenda.

“The COVID lockdowns were literally a version of what they’ve called for for decades in the climate movement,” Morano said. “I attend every United Nations climate summit, and I’m going to the one in Egypt this year…and what these summits call for…is the ‘degrowth movement,’ or ‘planned recessions’ … to fight global warming. And what that means is the government imposes slower economic growth or forces a recession to lower emissions.”

“If you live under authoritarianism, if you live under government control over every aspect of your life, you’re solving viruses, you’re solving climate…You’re also solving inequity, you’re also solving transgenderism, whatever the wokeism is,” Morano continued.

“The point is they want control, and they’ll do whatever they have, whether it’s a virus, whether it’s climate, you name it, they want to invoke emergency powers. That’s really what this is about. Emergency powers to bypass democracy.”

The WEF has long advocated for a “hard shift” away from conventional fuels in favor of green energy, as part of its “Great Reset” agenda, which would obliterate the fossil fuel industry, destroy reliable access to electricity, implement a “universal basic income,” and replace traditional energy industry jobs with guaranteed government positions protected by unions, LifeSiteNews previously reported.

Over the summer, the WEF argued that pushing forward an “clean energy transition,” partly by hiking up already record-breaking gas prices, would be necessary for both saving democracy and staving off a so-called environmental catastrophe.

U.S. President Joe Biden, who has presided over skyrocketing inflation and historically high gas prices, drew backlash in May when he suggested that the high cost of fuel was part of an “incredible transition.”

Harris is not the only scientist that has come out against the climate agenda. Last year, Pat Moore, founder and former president of Greenpeace, published a book called Fake Invisible Catastrophes and Threats of Doom, in which he argued against climate alarmism, claiming that global warming is not a threat to the planet, going as far as positing that the earth is currently experiencing an ice age.

Canada’s liberal media comes to the defense of Trudeau’s radical ‘climate cops’ program

Macron’s ‘end of abundance’ warning may be preparing the French to accept radical ‘climate’ agenda

Governments rack up record debt as Great Reset seeks to ‘reimagine’ capitalism

Green energy pioneer California tells residents to cut back on power usage to prevent blackouts

BLOGS

Environmental alarmism is nothing but a big lie from the ‘climate industrial complex’

Geologist Gregory Wrightstone makes a massively compelling case that pretty much everything we have been told about so-called climate change is the opposite of the truth.

Geologist and author Gregory WrightstoneEpoch Times / Rumble

Kennedy Hall

Thu Oct 20, 2022 – 8:49 pm EDT

Listen to this article

0:00 / 5:241X

BeyondWords

(LifeSiteNews) — It may come as a shock, but I will venture to say that everything you have been told about so-called climate change is a lie.

For the truth on the matter, look no further than the recent Epoch Times interview with Gregory Wrightstone, a geologist and author of the bestselling book, Inconvenient Facts: The science that Al Gore doesn’t want you to know. He is a senior fellow at the Cornwall Alliance and is an advisory board member of the Heartland Institute.

In the interview, Wrightstone makes a massively compelling case that pretty much everything we have been told about so-called climate change is the opposite of the truth.

I know, I know… governments and mega-corporations have proven themselves to be so trustworthy since 2020.

In all seriousness, in my experience, the issue of climate change is one of the most profoundly entrenched issues into the consciousness of liberals and conservatives alike.

We have been brought up for generations to venerate the environment, recycling, and supposedly renewable energies. And, because of our good-natured love for nature, we don’t see anything wrong with making milk-carton planters or switching to reusable coffee mugs.

It is understandable, as there is nothing virtuous about being wasteful, so we at least in part embrace the “green” revolution as a way of keeping up with the times.

However, it is time to take the “green pill” and see the truth about environmental issues.

Red pill, green pill

Maybe you have already taken the “red pill,” which is to say you have swallowed the hard truth that the institutions and organizations you were brought up to trust were in fact lying to you.

This is not to say does that every institution was lying every time, but it is definitely the case that you have been told more lies that you would like to admit. However, you took that red pill and you began to see through all the lies and disorder.

That being said, there are lies that are so deep, lies that are so pervasive that we just don’t see through them, for a variety of reasons.

For one, it is a bit tiring to constantly be “red-pilling” yourself on this or that topic. Learning new things is hard and embracing completely new paradigms is a lot of work.

But, then comes the moment when the paradigm is shoved down your throat and you cannot ignore it any longer. For many, the COVID hysteria presented an opportunity to be red-pilled on the, well, companies and governments who we are supposed to trust about what pills to take.

Presently, we are facing a paradigm of environmental tyranny fueled – pun intended – by what Wrightstone calls the “climate industrial complex.”

The goal of the adherents to this complex is an “end game” of “zero fossil fuels.”

He believes that the governmental and corporate powers-that-be are so attached to climate zealotry that “they are intentionally inflating energy costs” so that consumers will see supposed “green energy” as a viable option.

Although he doesn’t believe climate lockdowns are likely, he did say that he thinks they are a desirable outcome by the “fringe” of the environmental movement, and that we shouldn’t discount them altogether.

The carbon lie

The crux of the whole green-paradigm is the insistence that too much carbon – whatever that means – is the cause of warming. However, Wrightstone said this is patently false.

For one, he said that carbon (co2) is in reality a “hugely beneficial molecule” and that the presence of more co2 has led to better crop yields and a “greening” of the world.

One such benefit of more co2, he said, is that “more co2 means less water is needed for crops.”

To dispel the myth that carbon is the cause of warming, he points to historical periods of warming that occurred long before the industrial revolution.

“They were growing barley in Greenland,” he said. “You can’t grow that now.”

To put this in perspective, the climate of present-day Greenland is more like the most northern regions of Canada and Russia than a place with a long enough growing season for such a robust crop.

In addition, Wrightstone stated that in Northern England “the Romans were growing citrus.”

The only places you can expect to grow citrus fruits in Europe today are the most southern regions of the Mediterranean nations that are known for blisteringly hot summers and mild winters.

Fear the cold, welcome the warm

Admittedly, one of the reasons I have largely rejected the “global warming” narrative is because as a Canadian I view cold temperatures as a bit of a badge of honor.

However, Wrightstone said we should “fear the cold and welcome the warm.”

He added that historically when a warming period would end, civilizations would basically collapse due to lack of crop yield and a rise in disease. We are in a much better position today with technology to withstand a cooling, but in his opinion, warming is our friend.

I would have to agree, and I would also have to believe – according to his statements – that there were periods where it was much warmer in the past, and the human race was better off for it.

Again, as much as I love to embrace the Canadian winter, I would have to admit that if things were to warm up like they had in other golden ages of civilization, there would be great benefits, especially in the expansion of habitable areas of a frozen nation like mine.

As a consolation, we could still have our hockey rinks due to modern refrigeration techniques. Sounds like the best of both worlds to me.

Kennedy Hall is an Ontario based journalist for LifeSiteNews. He is married with children and has a deep love for literature and political philosophy. He is the author of Terror of Demons: Reclaiming Traditional Catholic Masculinity, a non-fiction released by TAN books, and Lockdown with the Devil, a fiction released by Our Lady of Victory Press. He writes frequently for Crisis Magazine, Catholic Family News, and is on the editorial board at OnePeterFive.

TOPICS

Open Letter to Global Leaders assembled at COP27 in Sharm El-Sheikh, Egypt global climate intelligence group.

Open Letter to Global Leaders assembled at COP27 in Sharm El-Sheikh, Egypt

Amsterdam, November 1, 2022

Your Excellencies:

By the year 2030, historians will wonder with amazement how it could happen that the UN in previous decades had proposed far-reaching climate-related measures that totally failed to arrest global warming, but instead would have the unintended consequence of an unprecedented negative impact on the world’s prosperity and well-being.

They will wonder why many people at that time unquestioningly believed in an “existential climate crisis.” That crisis narrative was based on outdated “over-heated” computer models, in turn widely supported by mainstream media. They will consider it beyond belief that a senior UN official in September 2022 audaciously declared that “we own the science, and we think the world should know it and the (social media) platforms also.”

Indeed, why did the UN and IPCC ignore Clintel letters (the most recent in October 2021), clearly pointing out serious scientific flaws in the IPCC Sixth Assessment Report? Why did IPCC refuse any open debate on these flaws? Does the UN not realize that Clintel’s global network now embodies greater objective scientific knowledge than exists within IPCC?

They will wonder why the world did not loudly protest the spread of the superstition that climate science was fully understood (“The Science is Settled”, the UN and politicians declared). That superstition regrettably led to legislation on totally unnecessary social engineering measures with net-zero CO₂ targets (“mitigation”).

Indeed, why didn’t the UN then want to let the world see that the mitigation measures they proposed were scientifically nonsensical, technically unfeasible, economically unaffordable and, ultimately, socially unacceptable?

And why did they not admit that mitigation even at a global scale – as already proven in the pandemic of 2020 – would have imperceptible effect on climate?

And why did they also not want the world to know about the fact that CO₂ is an essential building block for life on earth? More CO₂ is indispensable in making the earth greener. Looking at all the facts, more CO₂ is much more likely to bring net benefits than net harm!

They will also wonder why an extremely expensive transition to intermittent renewables was pursued without realizing that the transition would lead to major economic problems.

Indeed, why didn’t people then recognize that reliable energy supply with solar panels and wind turbines was technically impossible without the future availability of affordable large-scale electrical energy storage?

And why then didn’t people recognize that mass generation of solar and wind energy would create a serious shortage on materials such as copper and neodymium.

And why then were conventional fossil fuel power plants banned, particularly in Africa, while there was as yet no affordable and reliable alternative? Much of the serious energy crisis was erroneously blamed on the war in Ukraine; the reality however was that world leaders had not promoted investment in conventional reliable power generation to maintain economic well-being and societal stability.

Fortunately, today it is not yet 2030 and we still have time to make the necessary changes. What is needed to make that happen?

Here are three suggestions for you, the global political leaders:

Depoliticize climate science, discarding computer models that do not match reality, focusing instead on real-world climate observations and the latest climate science, listening carefully to objective interventions from independent experts.
Change climate policy from the senseless mitigation approach to the successful adaptation method. Mitigation is prohibitively expensive and has never saved a single human life and will do very little to alter an ever-changing climate. Adaptation, on the other hand, is affordable, can be precisely focused and has already saved millions of lives. Adaptation is without a doubt the way to go in climate policy.
Invest in extending and replenishing the world’s oil & gas reserves. Be realistic, the world will still need oil and gas for several decades. In parallel, go full steam ahead with developing nuclear power, the energy source of the future.

Dear Excellencies, you are meeting at COP27 in Egypt in early November, apparently to promote continuation of failed global climate policy. It would be a crime against the African people to require them to base their energy system on intermittent wind and solar power. After all, that would push the more than 1.3 billion people there further into poverty. Economic development cannot happen without affordable and reliable energy supplies.

Africa must make full use of affordable indigenous fossil fuels for power generation, with a future plan for a network of modern nuclear power plants. With plenty of affordable energy, the supply of clean drinking water can also be guaranteed.

Next, full efforts should be made to apply adaptation technology, especially for growing tailor-made crops (“precision farming”) and for securing against extreme weather (“risk minimization”). Those, as you well know, are the real and urgent needs of Africa.

The above points are the messages from Clintel to all of the global political leaders arriving in their private jets to attend the COP27 meeting in the luxury resort of Sharm El-Sheikh. We beg you, our political leaders, to be conscientious of the daily realities of grinding poverty of the forgotten people living on the African continent in the shadow of your flightpath.

On behalf of the Clintel ambassadors,
Guus Berkhout
President of Clintel

Download the letter in pdf

Links humanityandearth.com:

Banning Early Treatment Was a Crime Against Humanity?

Big Data, Transhumanism & Why the Singularity May Be Faked.

Power & greed, pushing for the economic collapse or great reset.

What is happening, engineering and an assault our planet

Humanity

Mind control.

By Jan Kleinen on Monday, November 7, 2022

Leo Hohmann is an independent journalist and author of the book, Stealth Invasion, which documents how America is being destroyed by enemies within. His work is 100 percent reader supported and a donation of any size is appreciated. You may contribute via snail mail, c/o Leo Hohmann, P.O. Box 291, Newnan, GA 30264, or by credit card.

My personal contribution exists in adding pictures. Like to point out that the rule by dictate by our politicians has been increasing over a long period of time but exponential with the introduction by the WEF of the sponsored new young leaders’ program/Davos.

Examples are many including Macron, Putin, Zelensky, and all the others now in control of most of important political and business positions around the world and pushing the NWO/WEF/CABAL (Alien connect) and in which the big banks play an important role. A coupe and only possible by doing it in a stealth way. Forgot to mention it to the electorate and now too late. Does no longer matter what you or I do thing or want. What I do remember of the two last election in the US and Ireland is that the WEF was not much a point of discussion. Also, the top political Brass using a slogan build back better and you will own nothing but be happy. Remarkable that the top Brass in the West but also places like Australia, New Zealand and others using the slogan at the same time and odd. I did have a political visitor in Ireland prior to the election and he made all kinds of claims in respect of improving living conditions but nothing about WEF and their agenda nor membership. Strange, to build back better you have to destroy first, so they are set on destruction of our current social structure and constructions. Similar to you own nothing but be happy? Not that I want to question about a probably correct statement and intentions but so far of current reality. My visitor being on the list for the FG election did not even mention it but looking at the progress the WEF did manage to make in this short time remarkable/well planned and hard pushed now. Similar what did happen with covid-laws. Not even any discussion, estimates, consequences, cost, need just pushed through. I looked up some names associated with the top of the WEF movement and noticed their sympathy for eugenics. Also, from publication about Africa/India and the vaccines and role of Bill Gates in it. The possibility that they have been used in the past to sterilize young girls for example.

Ireland.

An article written some time ago but despite that still valuable. In the background the take over and hacking of the EU/Brussels and political members active here in the West who have signed up and pushing the WEF/associate or Davos group, or the globalist/NWO. Blinding the public through info manipulation and control. Another very strong visible the creation and propagation of fear. Trying to set vaccinated people again the not vaccinated ones including working met businesses to lock them out.

Pubs for example and no problem with that. I do know that both Martin and Leo visit at least one a year and go to see and kiss his ring.

if you like and finally complete the construction of what has to become a new but now digital prison. We are now forcibly reconnected by the big media to ourselves instead of outside oriented. The creation of the so-called echo-chambers where all the needed parts of which the desired official narrative is propagated countless times.

The main power/control by changing the laws of the country’s way-back and bring in the police/courts. Just as did happen during the release of the so-called deadly covid, first remove as much as possible individual based rights and offer a few back under condition of compliance. Leave the new and reducing laws in place law for later use and you can apply them for intend not mention during the introduction and different. The politicians and health official disliked being questioned about what did happen during the covid lockdowns and learned of it. Next step the introduction of the hate laws and again less individual freedom.

Introduction is done step by step and the real agenda not known. Most humans will adjust much earlier because it is based on total monitoring of all digital information by Artificial Intelligence and system of fines/bonusses given/taken immediately. Any deviation of the official narrative punishable. Money, housing, education for children, holidays, shaming, treats just name it and without human/court interferences. Digital money and everything can be blocked immediately. At the core only a relatively small group and they seem to trust and believe trust that after it is embedded in laws the police and the court will enforce its if necessary, in cases needed. With the vaccination came also a lot of statical data and as a result many claims proven to be false. (Science).

By DR. Mercola:

They were wrong about masks working and natural immunity not working, they were wrong about asymptomatic spread, lockdowns, and the safety and effectiveness of the COVID shots. They were also wrong about SARS-CoV-2 jumping naturally from bats to humans by way of a wet market in Wuhan, China, and they were wrong when they insisted that mandating an experimental gene therapy was within legal bounds. Demanding that officials be held accountable for these errors is not gloating. It’s reestablishing a baseline of conduct and accountability to the public
There can be no amnesty for COVID narrative pushers as people proven right are still being persecuted as “misinformation spreaders,” and illegal government censorship continues without abatement. In fact, the Department of Homeland Security now views censorship and controlling the information space as one of its core duties

As the COVID lies are now being exposed at exponential speed, some of those proven wrong are getting nervous — so nervous, in fact, they’re now pleading to just let bygones be bygones.

The Atlantic¹ has come under fire for suggesting that all the terrible pandemic-era decisions over lockdowns, school closures, masking and punishing an entire class of people who questioned the efficacy and wisdom of taking a rushed, experimental vaccine — for a virus with a 99% survival rate in most — should all be water under the bridge.

Brown University economist Emily Oster writes in The Atlantic,² “We need to forgive one another for what we did and said when we were in the dark about COVID.” Brendon Marotta in his Substack Hegemon Media³ recounts:

“I believe perpetrators call for forgiveness because they fear punitive justice. If the perpetrators were held accountable in our current justice system, the scale of the wrongdoing would result in punishments the perpetrators could not bear.

These punishments would also not give those who lost their jobs, businesses, friends, family, health, or freedom anything back. What if there was another way that would be better for both victims and perpetrators?

The wrongdoing of the pandemic has not been acknowledged. Those responsible have made no apologies. Calls for ‘forgiveness’ appear dishonest when those responsible haven’t apologized, which is usually a prerequisite to asking for forgiveness.

Creating equity would mean taking the ill-gotten gains of perpetrators and redistributing them to the people who lost their jobs and businesses during the pandemic. In short, it would mean reparations. Equity is not just about money. Losses during the pandemic were not just financial.

People lose their friends, family, and freedoms. Much of the harm done was cultural, emotional, and social. No amount of money can replace the ability to grieve in person at your loved one’s funeral.”

Oster’s plea for the decency that she and the mainstream media and public health officials failed to offer Americans during the throes of the pandemic comes at a point when the COVID narrative has been all but lost by the current administration and the mainstream media.

All to do with power and greed and for the so-called greater good

Currently all major political parties in Ireland have actively been involved and sanctioned the introduction of these backway laws and there have been no excuses nor regrets. Have been lying from the beginning and still doing so.

Als in a position of power are as far as I do know most are very active members within the WEF. Now very active in respect of the so-called hate-laws and become new law end of 2022.

Using latest capability an insight of the electronic revolution now unfolding.

Initially the censorship of the COVID narrative was enhanced and upholded by the media being owned by the banks/cabal with

active participation by governments in the West/US and places like Australia, New Zealand, South Africa, Japan, Singapore to name some.

Its principle is very simple, the use of propaganda instead of information, allow only information of sources (part of science) that is in line with the created narrative/objective and now possible due to the current social media control. Nothing else. Now attempts to turn/embed it in law.

At the core only a relatively small group and they seem to trust and believe trust that after it is embedded in laws the police and the court will enforce it if necessary. At the core only a relatively small group and they seem to trust and believe trust that after it is embedded in laws the police and the court will enforce it if necessary. A total control of all information and using now the mainly new and the artificial intelligence controls now possible at the front line. Not only very fast and immediately and labored in China. Punish/hurt/destroy and include stetting people against each other.

Most of the politician did like what they did saw and are now incorporation their experiences in suppression of the information in the so-called new back laws. Protection their newly arrived status as WEF members and replacing all others like EU/Sovereign, individual rights. In this way a very small group is able to implement their decision using the already excising resources as police, courts, rule of law. In fact, abuse of it because it was never intended for that purpose, but do not seem to care. All in name of the so-called greater good. For a long time, the membership/agenda of organizations as Cabal/ Free Masons, WEF where kept a secret but now gradually changing. For me it is difficult to understand how you can join and sign-up to the WEF agenda and at the same time have signed-up to the WEF. Suggesting that the electorate has any real choice if electing you. In hindsight this process has started many years ago and for the NWO/WEF of most here the West are believing the creation of the digital prison a success came the infighting about the top jobs. I know and most people will shrug their shoulder but have forgotten our past and that of others.

NWO explained and works:

Mind control and terror & Countermeasures to Thwart Electronic Mind Control

by Ken Adachi from EducateYourself Website.
The topic of mind control is elaborate, multifaceted, and multi layered.
For the casual reader, it can quickly become numbing, overwhelming the senses and
creating a desire to exit the topic, but avoiding this subject is the most foolish thing you
could possibly do since your only chance of surviving this hideous and insidious
enslavement agenda, which today threatens virtually all of humanity, is to understand
how it functions and take steps to reduce your vulnerability and what has changed technically outside just intend.

The plans to create a mind-controlled workers society have been in place for a long time.

The current technology grew out of experiments that the Nazis started before World War II and intensified during the time of the Nazi concentration camps when an unlimited supply of children and adults were available for experimentation.

We’ve heard about the inhumane medical experiments performed on camp prisoners, but no word was ever mentioned by the media and the TV documentaries of the mind control experiments. That was not to be divulged to the American public.

Dr. Joseph Mengele of Auschwitz notoriety was the principal developer of the trauma-based Monarch Project and the CIA’s MK Ultra mind control programs.

Mengele and approximately 2, 000 plus other high-ranking Nazis were secretly moved into the United States and South America in the aftermath of World War II in an Operation designated Paperclip.

The Nazis continued their work in developing mind control and rocketry technologies in
mostly secret underground military bases outsight view. The only exception as far as I do know is fort Detrick and also prominent present during the Covid-19 scandemic.

Detrick is today still one of the world’s cutting-edge laboratories for research into toxins and antitoxins,
the place where defenses are developed against every plague, from crop fungus to Ebola. Its leading role
in the field is widely recognized.

For decades, though, much of what went on at the base was a closely held secret. Directors of the CIA mind control program MK-ULTRA, which used Detrick as a key base, destroyed most of their records in 1973. Some of its secrets have been revealed in declassified documents, through interviews and as a result of congressional investigations. Together, those sources reveal Detrick’s central role in MK-ULTRA and in the manufacture of poisons intended to kill foreign leaders.

The only thing most people in the US/WEST know and were told about was the rocketry work with former Nazi star celebrities like Warner Von Braun. The killers, torturers,

and mutilators of innocent human beings were kept discretely out of sight, but busy in U.S. underground military facilities which gradually became home to thousands upon thousands of kidnapped American/ children snatched off the streets.

One of the best known is Dulce because the presence of a few whistleblowers there and paid for their lives for it. You have to realize that it was s one of many of these underground fortresses.
These children would be used to further refine and perfect Mengele’s mind control technologies. Certain selected children (at least the ones who survived the ‘training’) would become future mind-controlled slaves who could be used for thousands of different jobs ranging anywhere from sexual slavery to assassinations.

A substantial portion of these children, who were considered expendable, were intentionally slaughtered in front of (and by) the other children in order to traumatize the selected trainee into total compliance and submission. Using fear/terror like was the case with covid as-well through misrepresentation and aggravating its possible life-threatening impact/risk and on the other hand offering a almost 100% solution be vaccination.

“The idea alone that someone should be promoting vaccines, gene therapy untried, unproven, risks unknown, and not just adults but also children who are at almost zero risk. In hindsight these vaccinations where far from save and resulting in all kinds of bodily negative responses and not just immediate but possible long-term. Now the opposite happened and were downplayed and denied.
“To recommend something for a section of the population that can be dangerous to them, and needed to to protect the elderly/sick. I know that most of my readers of some blocks might not like it to read but the basic principles behind gives IN sighed in technique and methods employed and not for the first time.

Mind Control ‘Programmed’ Individuals

The lone gunman that we hear about in assassinations, assassination attempts, school
shootings, etc. are mind controlled individuals who had been ‘programmed’ to carry out
those missions.
Ted Bundy, the ‘Son of Sam’ serial killer David Berkowitz, Oswald, Timothy McVeigh,
the Columbine shooters, Chapman, Sirhan Sirhan, etc. were mind controlled
individuals who were programmed to perform these killings. Tens of thousands of
young teenage boys were kidnapped and forced into a mind control training program
called The Montauk Project starting around 1976.
Al Bielek, under mind control, was involved in many areas of the secret Montauk Project.
After slowly recovering his memories beginning in the late 1980’s, he came to realize
that there were at least 250,000 mind controlled “Montauk Boys’ produced at 25
different facilities similar to the underground base at Montauk, Long Island. Many of
these boys were to become ‘sleepers’, programmed to go into action at a later date
when properly “triggered” to engage in some sort of destructive or disruptive conduct.

Other Montauk Boys were woven into the fabric of mainstream American life as:
journalists
radio & TV personalities
businessmen
lawyers
judges
prosecutors, etc.

Worldwide Electronic Mind Control via ‘Cell Phone’ Towers

The day is now approaching in which government mind control technologies will be
directed at you, your neighbors, and your loved ones.
Every single day, equipment is being erected and installed in this country with the
hidden purpose of exerting mind control over the entire population. Everywhere in this
country (and overseas), ELF/microwave transmission towers are being erected. The
antennae usually look like four slightly curved vertical plates about 2 feet in length and
located in either 3 or 4 quadrants around the tower, two thirds up from the ground. Just
look around, you’ll see them.
And you’ll also notice more of them going up once you begin to pay attention. No one
is saying anything, but you’re expected to presume that they’re for cell phones.
(Do you really think that we need that much ‘cell phone’ transmission capability, every
few blocks? Do you realize how very little energy is used by genuine cell phone
usage? Yet these towers are capable of putting out levels of power that exceed cell
phone requirements by a wide margin)

These mind control technologies have been in place for a long time. It’s not an
accident that the frequency band chosen for cell phone use just happens to match the
second order waves that Wilhelm Reich (image left) discovered in the late1940’s to
effect thought transmission and allowed the mind to be manipulated without the victim
realizing it.

Reich worked on this project secretly for the CIA for over 5 years, from 1947-1952,
until he realized who the CIA was planning to use the mind control on -the American
people.
He was outraged that he was deceived and used for such a treasonous motive and
swore never to cooperate with the CIA, FDA, etc. again.
Reich was murdered in Federal prison in 1957, just a few weeks before he was due to
be released, having been in prison for 2 years on a trumped-up charge leading to a
contempt of court citation.
He was reported to have had a ‘heart attack’. He was strong as an ox. He was
murdered two weeks before his parole board hearing. His last book, written in prison,
was found to be ‘missing’ after his death and never returned to his family.

Don & Carol Croft, have found a method to disable these ELF towers from exerting
their mind control functions by placing a simple device known as an orgone generator
within a radius of 1,300 feet of these towers.
Don has been documenting his nationwide efforts to neutralize the secret
government’s electronic mind control agenda along with their genocidal chemtrail
program in his Adventures of Don & Carol Croft. I strongly urge you to read these
journal entries, as they contain extremely powerful insights and techniques to
overcome the tyranny and enslavement that we now face here in America.

Patrick Flannagan recorded an interview with talk show host Jeff Rense on June 30,
2003 and offered important insights on how to counter electronic mind control being
beamed to us from the electric wiring within our homes and from microwave towers
(Excellent information).

Brice Taylor

Brice Taylor is the pseudonym for Susan Ford, one of the highest-level MK Ultra mind
controlled victims to ever come forward and reveal her story.
It took her nearly 13 years to recover the memories of the events that she reveals in
her book, Thanks for The Memories (published in May 1999). Her memories began to
return in sporadic fragments in1985, following a car accident that threw her through the
windshield of her car after hitting a tree.
It wasn’t really an accident as much as a result of mind control programming which
compelled her to commit suicide if she began to recover critical memories about her
role as a top level NASA/CIA mind controlled ‘asset’ who was used as a sex slave and
message (or drug) courier for every president from Kennedy to Clinton and was Henry
Kissinger’s personal secretary/human computer (file storage and retrieval) for over 19
years.
Her ‘owner/handler’ was comedian Bob Hope and she was ‘loaned out’ to many
famous and well-known entertainment personalities in order to oblige them to be
beholding to and manipulated by Hope and his Illuminati pals so they could be used as
“worker bees’ to help usher in the Luciferian, New World Order.
Her book is probably the most revealing account to date of well known, national
personalities in both politics and the entertainment industry who are involved in the
handling, programming, control, manipulation, and abuse of Illuminati/government
created human robots like Brice or other, well-known celebrity/mind control victims
such as Barbara Striesand and Barbara Mandrel.
The book’s Table of Contents alone will give you an idea of the incredible number of
nationally known names that Brice had been involved with from childhood into
adulthood as a mind-controlled slave.
In my opinion, thanks for The Memories and the two co-authored Illuminati Formula
books of Cisco Wheeler and Fritz Springmeir (see below) are the three most known.

Our new world/moral.

Deeper Insights Into

The Illuminati Formula By Fritz Springmeier And Cisco Wheeler 2010

by Fritz Springmeier
Publication date 2010

Topics Deeper insights into the illuminati formula, fritz springmeier, cisco wheeler, monarch mind control, illuminati mind control, manipulation, illuminati, mind control, new world order, nwo, multiple personality disorder, mpd, mkultra, brainwashing, trauma based mind control, anti christ, shadow government, trauma, programming, slave programmer, secret societies, occult, dehumanization, isolation, slave, chiropractic, education system, conspiracy, forbidden knowledge

Collection opensource

Language English

Image result for Illuminati Formula books Of Cisco Wheeler and Fritz Springmeier. Size: 150 x 188. Source: www.amazon.com.au

Image result for Illuminati Formula books Of Cisco Wheeler and Fritz Springmeier. Size: 150 x 195. Source: www.hiddenmysteries.com

important and revealing books in print on the subject of Illuminati mind control and
should be read by every concerned and thinking human being on this planet, for they
reveal how the Illuminati mind control programs are accomplished and how they can
be broken, allowing the victim to escape from its control.

I encourage you to examine the remarkable book review of Thanks for The Memories
written by Uri Dowbenko.
It’s truly ironic and a perfect example of karmic justice when the total recall of a mind
control victim whose brain stem was scarred in order to produce a photographic
memory, is now turned back on her abusers to reveal in the most exquisite and precise
detail their despicable and monstrous conduct.
Thanks for The Memories is a well written book gives you a front row seat into the real
world activities of the Secret Government- the ‘government’ that’s really in charge
behind the scenes (those scenes being created by the mainstream Media Propaganda
Ministry whose job is to deceive you into thinking that the headline news, ‘cover story’
government is the real deal; believe me, it isn’t. It’s an illusion from top to bottom.

It’s a dog and pony show. All show, and no substance. The presidential election snafu,
the interminable talk show debates, propaganda hacks like Rush Limbaugh, Sean Hennedy, etc., etc., all designed to keep you preoccupied and bewildered from the steady enslavement and erosion of constitutionally guaranteed liberties that is taking place daily using the take back laws techniques.
The Sept. 11 “attack” was planned and launched to provide an excuse for passing
fascist, totalitarian ‘laws’ designed to enslave us and strip the populace of the few
remaining freedoms that we still enjoy.

National ID ‘smart’ cards that will contain your
entire medical, financial history, DNA information, etc. will be required to engage in any
sort of normal consumer activity like getting on a plane or even going from state to
state after military border guards become a common scene in this once freedom loving
land.

Spend your cash now while you still have cash, because soon all financial transactions
will be conducted using plastic cards. And just like Nazi Germany, our people will be
encouraged to report any ‘suspicious’ activity of their neighbors. In fact, life in the
United States will soon become a carbon copy of Nazi Germany of the late 1930’s, just
a lot higher tech and much more lethal. .

We will post articles below that will give you greater insight into the methodology of
mind control and its strong connections to Satanism and satanic rituals. Al Bielek has
revealed a great deal of prime information on the government’s secret mind control
capabilities and plans in a 1992 underground video made with Vladimir Terziski.

Are you ready to live in Orwell’s nightmare world of Big Brother and mind control
slavery? The New Fourth Reich of Hitler’s demonic dream where perverted and
promiscuous sexuality is promoted as ‘normal’ and ‘healthy’ while satanism with its
rituals of human sacrifice is the only ‘religion’ to be allowed?
Well, it’s just around the corner if we remain passive and unwilling to engage these
demonic manipulators.

Countermeasures to Thwart Electronic Mind Control
Important Information to Thwart Psychotronic and Psychic Attack in this Article

How To Prevent Alien & Military Abductions by Michael Relfe (April 19, 2005)
* Radiation Health Foundation Inc.(http://www.rhfweb.com)
The best web site discovered to date for detailed information about the nature of the radiation being directed and what to do about it. Go there.
* Patrick Flannagan Interview with Jeff Rense, June 30, 2003 http://www.soundwaves2000.com/rense/archives/2003/june_i ndex.asp)
* A. Windows Media server (mms://66.36.240.52/sw_archives/rense/rense06-30-03.mp3)
B. Real Audio server (http://rense1.soundwaves2000.com:8080/ramgen/sw_archive
s/rense/rense06-30-03.mp3) C. MP3 Audio server (http://66.36.240.52:83/rense/m3u/rense06-30-03.m3u)
* Patrick Flannagan has a new device called the Golden Ratio Series Neurophone, that MAY prevent electronic mind control signals from entering the brain and offer relief to victims of electronic mind control harassment and torture. I have no connection with him or the product or the company and simply
offer this info for your consideration:
http://www.neurophone.com/grs.htm
* David Roscoe on Psychotronic http://mediamatrix.puissante.com/ David Roscoe has an extensive web site packed with voluminous information about electronic mind control, mind influencing, behavior influencing, mood modification, and physical distress caused by secret government electronic
technologies collectively known as “Psychotronics”.
* Electronic Harrassment (http://www.eharassment.ca/) Good info all around, including counter measures.
* John Mecca on Electronic Harassment and Torture http://www.us-government-torture.com/

Return to Mind Control

Wait until you learn what’s planned by the NWO/WEF for us by the year 2025!

and

12 mind-control tactics used by globalist establishment elites to change the way Americans think
The new documentary “Brainwashed America“ provides answers to some of the most vexing questions of our time, namely why so many Americans continue to comply with long-term mask mandates, shut-down orders, restrictions on travel and the forced closure of their businesses and churches.

This level of obedience would have been impossible a generation or two ago. That’s why the government knew better than to even try to shut down an entire economy in the face of previous pandemics, including the Spanish Flu of 1918-1920, which was far deadlier as a percentage of the population.

The film’s producer, Brannon Howse, explains that the American citizenry did not become this compliant by accident. Nor did it happen overnight.
Americans have had their minds conditioned by a corrupt education establishment, billionaire tech oligarchs, an unelected bureaucracy and an army of professional deceivers in the mainstream media.
“First they marginalize you, then they characterize you, and then after they have marginalized you and characterized you, they terrorize you,”
We’ve seen that with the now current COVID crisis, where certain doctors and scientists are deliberately
presented as all-knowing while others with competing narratives are denigrated and mocked.
We’ve seen it with the global warming narrative, which then morphed into the “climate-change” narrative.
The scientific community is split on the validity of man-made climate change, but you wouldn’t know it by
watching the mainstream media.
We’ve seen it with the issue of election integrity as it relates to the Nov. 3, 2020, presidential election.
Every single establishment media outlet has used opinionated, loaded words like “baseless” to describe
allegations of election fraud, without ever delving into an honest vetting of the merits of the allegations.

We’ve seen it with the coverage of the Jan. 6 storming of the Capitol, which certainly did include rioting,
but was it really an “armed insurrection” as almost every establishment media company has branded it? This characterization is an even more distorted view of reality when placed in the context of last summer’s
burning and looting of dozens of cities under the banner of Black Lives Matter, a movement the media
universally cast as “mostly peaceful protests.”
The media picks only specific “experts” who reinforce their message, and ignores other competing narratives put forth by experts with often just as good credentials and much better track records for being truthful.
Eventually, they create a society in which, ever so gradually, the people not only believe the lies but they
get angry at anyone who tries to break through with true facts.
This leads to a situation in which a majority of the populace not only loses its ability to think critically,
making them unfit to protect their constitutional freedoms and resist tyranny, they actually welcome their
own enslavement.
Also The target of the American brainwashing machine is increasingly children.

Americans have had their minds conditioned by a corrupt education establishment, billionaire tech oligarchs, an unelected bureaucracy and an army of professional deceivers in the mainstream media.

US Army Games Participants posturing in Wuhan – October 18–27, 2019.
More from Politico for a briefing by Stephen Kinzer’s new book Poisoner in Chief: Sidney Gottlieb and the
CIA Search for Mind Control, September 15, 2019

In 1954, a prison doctor in Kentucky isolated seven black inmates and fed them “double, triple and quadruple” doses of LSD for 77 days straight. No one knows what became of the victims. They may have died without knowing they were part of the CIA’s highly secretive program to develop ways to control minds—a program based out of a little-known Army base with a dark past, Fort Detrick.

Suburban sprawl has engulfed Fort Detrick, an Army base 50 miles from Washington in the Maryland town of Frederick. Seventy-six years ago, however, when the Army selected Detrick as the place to develop its super-secret plans to wage germ warfare, the area around the base looked much different. In fact, it was chosen for its isolation. That’s because Detrick, still thriving today as the Army’s principal base
for biological research and now encompassing nearly 600 buildings on 13,000 acres, was for years the nerve center of the CIA’s hidden chemical and mind control empire.

Detrick is today one of the world’s cutting-edge laboratories for research into toxins and antitoxins,
the place where defenses are developed against every plague, from crop fungus to Ebola. Its leading role
in the field is widely recognized. For decades, though, much of what went on at the base was a closely held secret. Directors of the CIA mind control program MK-ULTRA, which used Detrick as a key base, destroyed most of their records in 1973. Some of its secrets have been revealed in declassified documents, through interviews and as a result of congressional investigations. Together, those sources reveal Detrick’s central role in MK-ULTRA and in the manufacture of poisons intended to kill foreign leaders.

Without even knowing it, they have submitted their minds to a beast system of technocratic socialism that doles out rewards and punishments based on how well we, its human subjects, conform to their propaganda.

If the propagandists do their job well enough, the global technocratic socialist revolution now underway will be able to take over the world’s biggest bastion of freedom without firing a shot.

One of the most intriguing voices in the documentary is that of Yuri Bezmenov, a former Soviet “journalist” who was actually a trained propagandist, eerily similar to the so-called journalists of today working at the large corporate-media factories. Bezmenov defected in 1970 and gained asylum in Canada. In 1984, he revealed the strategy international communism has deployed to subvert and destroy America. [Much of that strategy is revealed at the end of this article].

Bezmenov worked as a “journalist” but was actually an asset for the KGB, just as many American journalists have been recruited and paid by the CIA over the years, starting in the 1950s, to plant fake-news stories in the U.S. media meant to influence public opinion on a variety of issues. This was confirmed in the Senate hearings held by Sen. Frank Church in the early 1970s. During these hearings, the CIA’s plan to infiltrate the media through its Operation Mockingbird was exposed.

Former U.S. Sen. Frank Church asks a question during the Church Committee hearings of the U.S. Senate in 1970s

Howse said he has been studying the art of propaganda for 30 years and has amassed a lot of data. He starts out by defining the term, brainwashing [you will be surprised where it comes from] and then goes into the different techniques and major players.

Howse is not the first nor will he be the last to chronicle the history of how Americans lost their ability
to think for themselves. But he does the most thorough job of exposing it.

Conservative U.S. broadcaster and filmmaker Brannon Howse
He explains how neo-Marxists, in their long march through America’s cultural institutions – dominating the media, entertainment, educational systems and churches – have gone about brainwashing the consumers of news, books, magazines, films, pop music and even pastoral sermons by feeding them lies and then punishing the truth tellers.

“First they marginalize you, then they characterize you, and then after they have marginalized you and
characterized you they terrorize you,” Howse said on his Feb. 23 radio program where he and I discussed
the new documentary.

During the Korean War captured U.S. prisoners encountered skilled brainwashers for the first time, according to the documentary. Their experience was unlike any treatment American soldiers had encountered in any previous war.

As Howse explains in the documentary, the soldiers were fed and treated well, at least by POW standards,
and there were seldom any armed guards deployed to prevent their escape.

But what they were subjected to was repeated indoctrination, lie after lie about America, its foreign policy,
history and motives on the world stage.

After a while, many of the soldiers started to believe what they were being told about their own country.
This indoctrination took its toll on the cohesion of the prison population and those who believed the false
narrative began to turn on those who didn’t, reporting them to the prison authorities for any violations of
prison rules.

“What was discovered in our own government studies of these soldiers was that those who did not succumb to the brainwashing tended to be the ones with a strong faith in God, they were grounded, they knew what they believed and they could not be broken,” Howse said.

The same techniques are being used today by propaganda artists in the establishment media outlets. They isolate the target [Christian conservatives and constitutionalists] they all run with the same narrative,
the same spin on a story, and then they repeat it over and over again. Any media outlet that breaks from
the pack and questions the narrative gets branded as providing “misinformation” and “conspiracy theories.”

We’ve seen that with the COVID crisis, where certain doctors and scientists are presented as all-knowing
while others with competing narratives are denigrated and mocked.
We’ve seen it with the global warming narrative, which then morphed into the “climate-change” narrative.
The scientific community is split on the validity of man-made climate change but you wouldn’t know it by
watching the mainstream media.
We’ve seen it with the issue of election integrity as it relates to the Nov. 3, 2020 presidential election.
Every single establishment media outlet has used opinionated, loaded words like “baseless” to describe
allegations of election fraud, without ever delving into an honest vetting of the merits of the allegations.

This characterization is an even more distorted view of reality when placed in the context of last summer’s
burning and looting of dozens of cities under the banner of Black Lives Matter, a movement the media
universally cast as “mostly peaceful protests.”
The media picks only specific “experts” who reinforce their message, and ignores other competing narratives put forth by experts with often just as good credentials and much better track records for being truthful.

Eventually, they create a society in which, ever so gradually, the people not only believe the lies but they
get angry at anyone who tries to break through with true facts.

This leads to a situation in which a majority of the populace not only loses its ability to think critically,
making them unfit to protect their constitutional freedoms and resist tyranny, they actually welcome them
own enslavement. Own nothing and be happy. Not even your own life and that of your children.

The target of the American brainwashing machine is increasingly children.

As Kathleen Marquardt writes in her excellent article for the American Policy Center – “…how in the world did America succumb so quickly and thoroughly to this evil? The short answer: Our children were/are vaccinated against liberty from the day they start kindergarten.”

12 Mind-Control Tactics

Here 12 takeaways from Howse’s documentary, which unlike his previous films is available for free online
straming at WorldviewWeekend.com.

1) Remove or discredit leaders that are principled, courageous, and people of conviction and morality.

2) Entice the brainwashing subjects into questioning and doubting their fundamental worldview values and convictions.

3) Teach a revisionist history that portrays America’s capitalist free-market system as the source of all
oppression and suffering.

4) Teach moral relativism and situational ethics in order to destroy morality and character.

5) Teach the importance of group consensus and collectivism, and the danger and consequence of individuality.

6) Teach feelings and personal subjective experiences over facts, reason, logic and context.

7) Put the brainwashing subject into a state of fear, anxiety, confusion, and social turbulence in order to
diminish the subjects’ ability to think critically using reason, logic and context. The ultimate goal is to
force the subject to surrender his or her values, and worldview to those of the change agents and their
controlled and crafted group consensus.

8) Conceal the lies and evil agenda of the propagandist behind masking terms that sound good, but are
chosen to shame and manipulate the targeted subjects into willingly embracing their own demise.

9) Use individuals in trusted institutions and occupations to give credibility to the worldview and values
being introduced into the brainwashing subjects.

10) Set up a system of rewards, honor, recognition and advancement for those who embrace the worldview and values of the brainwashing program. Apply punitive consequences to any worldview and values that are contrary to the chosen worldview and values being inserted into the brainwashing subject.

11) Use informants, gossips and tattletales to report on noncompliance and groups.

12) Create an atmosphere and environment of chaos, suffering, hopelessness and danger and then rescue the subjects from this condition so that the persecutor is perceived as being a friend, protector and savior
[classic Stockholm syndrome].

Written by Leo Hohmann,

who is an independent journalist and author of the book, Stealth Invasion, which documents how America is being destroyed by enemies within. His work is 100 percent reader supported and a donation of any size is appreciated. You may contribute via snail mail, c/o Leo Hohmann, P.O. Box 291, Newnan, GA 30264, or by credit card.

Humanity

What do we know on the New World Order.

By Jan Kleinen on Thursday, November 3, 2022

The vision we’re usually given of how political power is manifest in our society typically runs something like this: government at the top, banking, industry, media and military, beneath, and the people beneath this.

However, an independent examination of the development of modern political power is more likely to reveal the following arrangement: extended family banking groups at the top, government beneath, facilitating the wishes of this hierarchy, and the media beneath portraying the work of the government to the people as “democracy in action.”

It can thus be seen that, in truth, most governments are little more than front organizations for the elite banking cartels. They interface with the public via the media, acting to facilitate social change in a manner that maintains relative social stability, while ensuring that our culture stays in line with any course the elite wish it to pursue.

Western governments do not usually allow the public to actually pick who becomes their political representative, merely to choose between individuals selected by the party hierarchy.

Neither do the public get to pick the policies the representative will pursue, this is also under the control of the party. To say that this system is open to abuse is a considerable understatement.

Introduction: A Poem from 2010

The Illuminati and Albert Pike

Adam Weishaupt (1748 – 1811) formed the Order of Perfectibilists on May 1, 1776 (to this day celebrated as May Day throughout many western countries), which later became known as the illuminati, a secret society whose name means “Enlightened Ones”. Although the Order was founded to provide an opportunity for the free exchange of ideas, Weishaupt’s background as a Jesuit seems to have influenced the actual character of the society, such that the express aim of this Order became to abolish Christianity, and overturn all civil government.

An Italian revolutionary leader, Giusseppe Mazzini (1805-1872), a 33rd degree Mason, was selected by the Illuminati to head their worldwide operations in 1834. (Mazzini also founded the Mafia in 1860). Because of Mazzini’s revolutionary activities in Europe, the Bavarian government cracked down on the Illuminati and other secret societies for allegedly plotting a massive overthrow of Europe’s monarchies. As the secrets of the Illuminati were revealed, they were persecuted and eventually disbanded, only to re-establish themselves in the depths of other organizations, of which Freemasonry was one.

During his leadership, Mazzini enticed Albert Pike into the (now formally disbanded, but still operating) Illuminati. Pike was fascinated by the idea of a one world government, and when asked by Mazzini, readily agreed to write a ritual tome that guided the transition from average high-ranking mason into a top-ranking Illuminati mason (33rd degree). Since Mazzini also wanted Pike to head the Illuminati’s American chapter, he clearly felt Pike was worthy of such a task. Mazzini’s intention was that once a mason had made his way up the Freemason ladder and proven himself worthy, the highest ranking members would offer membership to the secret ‘society within a society’.

It is for this reason that most Freemasons vehemently deny the evil intentions of their fraternity. Since the vast majority never reach the 30th degree, they would not be aware of the real purpose behind Masonry. When instructing Pike how the tome should be developed, Mazzini wrote the following to Pike in a letter dated January 22, 1870. Remember that Freemasonry wasn’t started by Pike – rather it was infiltrated by the Illuminati who were looking for a respectable forum in which to hide their clandestine activities:

“We must allow all the federations to continue just as they are, with their systems, their central authorities and their diverse modes of correspondence between high grades of the same rite, organized as they are at the present, but we must create a super rite, which will remain unknown, to which we will call those Masons of high degree whom we shall select. With regard to our brothers in Masonry, these men must be pledges to the strictest secrecy. Through this supreme rite, we will govern all Freemasonry which will become the one international center, the more powerful because its direction will be unknown.”¹

(A educated guess introduction of the 33+ the Alien connect) (We do know that two of the most pressing reasons for a one world one party government the sale/transfer of Africa to the former Anunnaki (aliens for colonization of Africa/world).

(Targeted for some time using secrete weather manipulation and migration to Europe whenever possible. Only by the Cabal/NWO/WEF possible because they have no problems with it. A big bonus if they manage to reduce the population being wealth, rejuvenation to almost 20000 plus and space travel between the stars. So far due to the impaired living conditions created locally the reproduction has gone up being the natural survival response and making no headway) Now under consideration is eliminating the Caucasian population in Europe and replacing them by forced migration from Africa.)

Marduk the Alien leader residing in one of the many underground cities/complexes.

Last December 2013, 91 world leaders attended Nelson Mandela’s so-called “Funeral”.
Russian President Vladimir Putin was notably absent. (1) At the time this seemed somewhat strange, since almost every other nation was represented by their top leader.

But also, absent were the top leaders of China and Israel. This article guesses what could have been their reason for not attending. Unless you are not aware of the ongoing secrete space war to understand these peculiar absences.

Mandela died many months earlier than the date of his Funeral and it has been alleged by insiders
that his so-called funeral was cover for the secret crowning ceremony of Marduk, the Alien ET leader, believed to be the head Draco.

Planet of origin!

It is believed by some that Marduk was perhaps driven away from Planet Earth during earlier times by a major earth catastrophe or as a direct judgment of ‘God.’ Others believe that another alien ET leader from the Tall White Nordics forced him to leave in some kind of major cosmic warfare victory.

New World Order Definition

Introduction

The following article is extracted from an excellent analysis of the New World Order by author Ken Adachi which can be found at educate-yourself.org. (Does not include the pictures)

The term New World Order (NWO) has been used by numerous politicians through the ages, and is a generic term used to refer to a worldwide conspiracy being orchestrated by an extremely powerful and influential group of genetically-related individuals (at least at the highest echelons) which include many of the world’s wealthiest people, top political leaders, and corporate elite, as well as members of the so-called Black Nobility of Europe (dominated by the British Crown) whose goal is to create a One World (fascist) Government, stripped of nationalistic and regional boundaries, that is obedient to their agenda.

Listen to globalist banker, Paul Warburg:

We will have a world government whether you like it or not. The only question is whether that government will be achieved by conquest or consent. (February 17, 1950, as he testified before the US Senate).

Their intention is to effect complete and total control over every human being on the planet and to dramatically reduce the world’s population by two thirds. While the name New World Order is the term most frequently used today to loosely refer to anyone involved in this conspiracy, the study of exactly who makes up this group is a complex and intricate one.

In 1992, Dr John Coleman published Conspirators Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300. With laudable scholarship and meticulous research, Dr Coleman identifies the players and carefully details the New World Order agenda of worldwide domination and control. On page 161 of the Conspirators Hierarchy, Dr Coleman accurately summarizes the intent and purpose of the Committee of 300 as follows:

A One World Government and one-unit monetary system, under permanent non-elected hereditary oligarchists who self-select from among their numbers in the form of a feudal system as it was in the Middle Ages. In this One World entity, population will be limited by restrictions on the number of children per family, diseases, wars, famines, until 1 billion people who are useful to the ruling class, in areas which will be strictly and clearly defined, remain as the total world population.

There will be no middle class, only rulers and the servants. All laws will be uniform under a legal system of world courts practicing the same unified code of laws, backed up by a One World Government police force and a One World unified military to enforce laws in all former countries where no national boundaries shall exist. The system will be on the basis of a welfare state; those who are obedient and subservient to the One World Government will be rewarded with the means to live; those who are rebellious will simply be starved to death or be declared outlaws, thus a target for anyone who wishes to kill them. Privately owned firearms or weapons of any kind will be prohibited.”

Why the Conspiracy is Unknown

The sheer magnitude and complex web of deceit surrounding the individuals and organizations involved in this conspiracy is mind boggling, even for the most astute among us. Most people react with disbelief and skepticism towards the topic, unaware that they have been conditioned (brainwashed) to react with skepticism by institutional and media influences. Author and de-programmer Fritz Springmeier (The Top 13 Illuminati Bloodlines) says that most people have built in “slides” that short circuit the mind’s critical examination process when it comes to certain sensitive topics.

“Slides”, Springmeier reports, is a CIA term for a conditioned type of response which dead ends a person’s thinking and terminates debate or examination of the topic at hand. For example, the mention of the word “conspiracy” often solicits a slide response with many people.

What most people believe to be “Public Opinion” is in reality carefully crafted and scripted propaganda designed to elicit a desired behavioral response from the public. Public opinion polls are really taken with the intent of gauging the public’s acceptance of the New World Order’s planned programs. A strong showing in the polls tells them that the programming is “taking”, while a poor showing tells the NWO manipulators that they have to recast or “tweak” the programming until the desired response is achieved. A step-by-step approach and goal agenda hidden.

The NWO Modus Operandi

The NWO global conspirators manifest their agenda through the skilful manipulation of human emotions, especially fear. In the past centuries, they have repeatedly utilized a contrivance that NWO researcher and author David Icke has characterized in his latest book, The Biggest Secret, as Problem, Reaction, and Solution.

The technique is as follows: NWO strategists create the Problem – by funding, assembling, and training an “opposition” group to stimulate turmoil in an established political power (sovereign country, region, continent, etc.) that they wish to impinge upon and thus create opposing factions in a conflict that the NWO themselves maneuvered into existence. In recent decades, so called opposition groups are usually identified in the media as ‘freedom fighters’ or ‘liberators’.

At the same time, the leader of the established political power where the conflict is being orchestrated is demonized and, on cue, referred to as ‘another Hitler’ (take your pick: Saddam Hussein, Milosevic, Kadaffi, etc.). The ‘freedom fighters’ are not infrequently assembled from a local criminal element (i.e. KLA, drug traffickers). In the spirit of true Machiavellian deceit, the same NWO strategists are equally involved in covertly arming and advising the leader of the established power as well (the NWO always profits from any armed conflict by loaning money, arming, and supplying all parties involved in a war).

The conflict is drawn to the world stage by the controlled media outlets with a barrage of photos and video tape reports of horrific and bloody atrocities suffered by innocent civilians. The cry goes up “Something has to be done!” And that is the desired Reaction.

The NWO puppeteers then provide the Solution by sending in UN ‘Peace Keepers’ (Bosnia) or a UN ‘Coalition Force’ (Gulf War) or NATO Bombers and then ground troops (Kosovo), or the military to ‘search for Weapons of Mass Destruction’, which of course are never found. Once installed, the ‘peace keepers’ never leave. The idea is to have NWO controlled ground troops in all major countries or strategic areas where significant resistance to the New World Order takeover is likely to be encountered.

Who is the NWO?

The corporate portion of the NWO is dominated by international bankers, oil barons and pharmaceutical cartels, as well as other major multinational corporations. The Royal Family of England, namely Queen Elizabeth II and the House of Windsor, (who are, in fact, descendants of the German arm of European Royalty – the Saxe-Coburg-Gotha family – changed the name to Windsor in 1914), are high level players in the oligarchy which controls the upper strata of the NWO. The decision making nerve centers of this effort are in London (especially the City of London), Basel Switzerland, and Brussels (NATO headquarters).

The United Nations, along with all the agencies working under the UN umbrella, such as the World Health Organization (WHO), are full time players in this scheme. Similarly, NATO is a military tool of the NWO.

The leaders of all major industrial countries like the United States, England, Germany, Italy, Australia, New Zealand, etc. (members of the “G7/G8” ) are active and fully cooperative participants in this conspiracy. In this century, the degree of control exerted by the NWO has advanced to the point that only certain hand-picked individuals, who are groomed and selected are even eligible to become the prime minister or president of countries like England, Germany, or The United States.

It didn’t matter whether Bill Clinton or Bob Dole won the Presidency in 1996, the results would have been the same. Both men are playing on the same team for the same ball club. More recent the new PM’s to be elected were both members of the WEF or Davos group as is and was Johnson. Anyone who isn’t a team player is taken out: i.e.,

President Kennedy, Ali Bhutto (Pakistan) and Aldo Moro (Italy). More recently, Admiral Borda and William Colby were also killed because they were either unwilling to go along with the conspiracy to destroy America, weren’t cooperating in some capacity, or were attempting to expose/ thwart the takeover agenda. What I do recall from my early attention at school and ever after, is the never stopping attach and guild creation in schools/consequences. One thing is for sure these politicians and administrators who have signed up for the WEF agenda should be relocated to Davos and Brussels should be empty. I an here talking about the above all experienced WEF participants who started to travel the world and lecturing others about democracy. Did not take them long to discover that it was working and changed tactics. Now they are traveling the World as Santa loaded with expensive gifts, leaving through the back door and returning by plane saying we need more. Relocating them to Davos and let the Cabal pay for their welcome gifts and planes and saves yours and my money. The big problem they will keep doing so until we kick then and associates out.

After world war2 the Rockefeller family took it upon themselves to rewrite German but also European history. Now 70 years latter still the same, makes you wonder. The West is the only one in this respect/and used to be daily abused. China does not take migrants. And above all we have no place to go either. The EU is a farce under control of the Cabal/WEF and to be destroyed. (Raped)

ake migrant,

Not the case in Eastern Europe grown up under the saint like Commies. Resulting in a far more accurate reality view of what is going on in Europe as I believe and the world and developing in fierce competition/and repression of their views. Only a limited number have signed on to the WEF agenda. Include flooding the West with migrant from the middle East and Africa a must.

Important in this case that we should be blamed for everything happing in our world and baited it. Including climate change, covid, slavery, millennium bug just name and are now suicidal. A small example who could make up and propagate the idea that a young child having a not detectable covid infection going to infect Nany and kill her. Again: CO2 is a raw material plants need to grow/produce including food. The lower the percentage in the air the less produce and now hovering around 0.04% and trying to reduce it? You can be sure that it will result in extensive shortage of food not only for humans but animals as well. Madness. It is as old as planet earth and essential. Going after anybody who dears questioning it like was and still the case with covid and the consequences of vaccination.

WEF agenda as was with the case with covid response/damages. Suppression of early treatment and use of medicine like ivermectin.

The NWO’s Role in Shaping History

Most of the major wars, political upheavals, and economic depression/recessions of the past 100 were planned and steered in advance.

Years (and earlier) before it happened carefully planned executed on instigated by the machinations of these elites.

Our influence on Carbon in Europe is almost negatable. Even worse All plants, scrubs, seaweed just name use CO” as raw material and need it to grow. Therefor the name carbohydrates. Water and CO2 producing food and oxygen. Nothing to do with climate change at all but deliberately mislabeled to be able to tax and make people feel guilty.

They include The Spanish-American War (1898), World War I and World War II;

The Great Depression; the Bolshevik Revolution of 1917; the Rise of Nazi Germany; the Korean War; the Vietnam War; the 1989-91 “fall” of Soviet Communism; the 1991 Gulf War; the War in Kosovo; and the two Iraq wars. Even the French Revolution was orchestrated into existence by elements of the NWO.

The instigation of a trumped-up war as a cover for amassing fortunes which can be dated back to at least the 12th Century when only a core group of nine members of the Knights Templar, kicked off the The Crusades that lasted for over a century and a half.

The core group mentioned above have been reported as being the military arm of a secret society known as the Priory of Sion, but this has been proven to be a hoax,

In 1307, the king of France, Philippe the Fair, coveted the wealth and was jealous of the Templars’ power. The French king set out to arrest all the Templars in France on October 13. While many Templars were seized and tortured, including their Grand Master, Jacques de Molay, many other Templars (who had been tipped off) escaped. They eventually resurfaced in Portugal, in Malta (as the Knights of Malta) and later in Scotland as The Scottish Rites of Freemasonry, with Albert Pike playing a key role in defining a plan for establishing a world government.

The acquisition and consolidation of ever greater wealth, natural resources, total political power, and control over others are the motivating forces which drive the decisions of the NWO leaders. The toll in human suffering and the loss of innocent lives are non-issues for these individuals.

What Were the Important Dates in the New World Order Timeline?
Significant Dates in the Creation of the New World Order Perhaps the best way to relate a brief history of the New World Order, would be to use the words of those who have been striving to make it real throughout the ages. You will be amazed at how far back this grand plan has extended, and how many similarities there are in early Century 21 compared to the 1990’s, with two Presidents from the Bush family in power. 1910-1970

1980 |  1990 | 20001984 — The Power to Lead is published. Author James McGregor Burns admits: “The framers of the U.S. constitution have simply been too shrewd for us. The have outwitted us. They designed separate institutions that cannot be unified by mechanical linkages, frail bridges, tinkering. If we are to ‘turn the Founders upside down’ — we must directly confront the constitutional structure they erected.”
1985 — Norman Cousins, the honorary chairman of Planetary Citizens for the World We Chose, is quoted in Human Events:”World government is coming, in fact, it is inevitable. No arguments for or against it can change that fact.”Cousins was also president of the World Federalist Association, an affiliate of the World Association for World Federation (WAWF), headquartered in Amsterdam. WAWF is a leading force for world federal government and is accredited by the U.N. as a Non-Governmental Organization.
1987 — The Secret Constitution and the Need for Constitutional Change is sponsored in part by the Rockefeller Foundation. Some thoughts of author Arthur S. Miller are:”…a pervasive system of thought control exists in the United States…the citizenry is indoctrinated by employment of the mass media and the system of public education…people are told what to think about…the old order is crumbling… Nationalism should be seen as a dangerous social disease…A new vision is required to plan and manage the future, a global vision that will transcend national boundaries and eliminate the poison of nationalistic solutions…a new Constitution is necessary.”
1988 — Former Under-secretary of State and CFR member George Ball in a January 24 interview in the New York Times says:”The Cold War should no longer be the kind of obsessive concern that it is. Neither side is going to attack the other deliberately…If we could internationalize by using the U.N. in conjunction with the Soviet Union, because we now no longer have to fear, in most cases, a Soviet veto, then we could begin to transform the shape of the world and might get the U.N. back to doing something useful…Sooner or later we are going to have to face restructuring our institutions so that they are not confined merely to the nation-states. Start first on a regional and ultimately you could move to a world basis.”
December 7, 1988 — In an address to the U.N., Mikhail Gorbachev calls for mutual consensus:”World progress is only possible through a search for universal human consensus as we move forward to a new world order.
“May 12, 1989 — President Bush invites the Soviets to join World Order. Speaking to the graduating class at Texas A&M University, Mr. Bush states that the United States is ready to welcome the Soviet Union “back into the world order.”
1989 — Carl Bernstein’s (Woodward and Bernstein of Watergate fame) book Loyalties: A Son’s Memoir is published. His father and mother had been members of the Communist party. Bernstein’s father tells his son about the book:”You’re going to prove [Sen. Joseph] McCarthy was right, because all he was saying is that the system was loaded with Communists. And he was right…I’m worried about the kind of book you’re going to write and about cleaning up McCarthy. The problem is that everybody said he was a liar; you’re saying he was right…I agree that the Party was a force in the country.”
November 9, 1989 — The much hated Berlin Wall comes tumbling down, completing the deliberate dissolution of the U.S.S.R. and of Communism.

Top of Page  1980 | 1990 | 20001990 — The World Federalist Association faults the American press. Writing in their Summer/Fall newsletter, Deputy Director Eric Cox describes world events over the past year or two and declares:”It’s sad but true that the slow-witted American press has not grasped the significance of most of these developments. But most federalists know what is happening…And they are not frightened by the old bug-a-boo of sovereignty.
“April 11, 1990 — Russian President Gorbachev announced Russia would join New World Order.
August 2, 1990 — Iraqi invasion of Kuwait.
August 17, 1990 — President Bush [Senior] announces that the Iraqi invasion “shall not stand, because it threatens the New World Order”.
September 11, 1990 — President Bush calls the Gulf War an opportunity for the New World Order. In an address to Congress entitled Toward a New World Order, Mr. Bush says:”The crisis in the Persian Gulf offers a rare opportunity to move toward an historic period of cooperation. Out of these troubled times… a new world order can emerge in which the nations of the world, east and west, north and south, can prosper and live in harmony…. Today the new world is struggling to be born.
“September 25, 1990 — In an address to the U.N., Soviet Foreign Minister Eduard Shevardnadze describes Iraq’s invasion of Kuwait as “an act of terrorism [that] has been perpetrated against the emerging New World Order.” On December 31, Gorbachev declares that the New World Order would be ushered in by the Gulf Crisis.
October 1, 1990 — In a U.N. address, President Bush speaks of the:”…collective strength of the world community expressed by the U.N…an historic movement towards a new world order… a new partnership of nations… a time when humankind came into its own… to bring about a revolution of the spirit and the mind and begin a journey into a… new age.
“1991 — Author Linda MacRae-Campbell publishes How to Start a Revolution at Your School in In Context. She promotes the use of “change agents” as “self-acknowledged revolutionaries” and “co-conspirators.”1991 — President Bush praises the New World Order in a State of Union Message:”What is at stake is more than one small country, it is a big idea — a new world order… to achieve the universal aspirations of mankind… based on shared principles and the rule of law…. The illumination of a thousand points of light…. The winds of change are with us now.
“February 6, 1991 — President Bush tells the Economic Club of New York: “My vision of a new world order foresees a United Nations with a revitalized peacekeeping function.”
June, 1991 — The Council on Foreign Relations co-sponsors an assembly Rethinking America’s Security: Beyond Cold War to New World Order which is attended by 65 prestigious members of government, labor, academia, the media, military, and the professions from nine countries. Later, several of the conference participants joined some 100 other world leaders for another closed door meeting of the Bilderberg Society in Baden Baden, Germany. The Bilderbergers also exert considerable clout in determining the foreign policies of their respective governments.
July, 1991 — The Southeastern World Affairs Institute discusses the New World Order. In a program, topics include, Legal Structures for a New World Order and The United Nations: From its Conception to a New World Order. Participants include a former director of the U.N.’s General Legal Division, and a former Secretary General of International Planned Parenthood.
Late July, 1991 — On a Cable News Network program, CFR member and former CIA director Stansfield Turner (Rhodes scholar), when asked about Iraq, responded:”We have a much bigger objective. We’ve got to look at the long run here. This is an example — the situation between the United Nations and Iraq — where the United Nations is deliberately intruding into the sovereignty of a sovereign nation…Now this is a marvelous precedent (to be used in) all countries of the world..
“October 29, 1991 — David Funderburk, former U. S. Ambassador to Romania, tells a North Carolina audience:”George Bush has been surrounding himself with people who believe in one-world government. They believe that the Soviet system and the American system are converging.”The vehicle to bring this about, said Funderburk, is the United Nations, “the majority of whose 166 member states are socialist, atheist, and anti-American.” Funderburk served as ambassador in Bucharest from 1981 to 1985, when he resigned in frustration over U.S. support of the oppressive regime of the late Rumanian dictator, Nicolae Ceausescu.
October 30, 1991: — President Gorbachev at the Middle East Peace Talks in Madrid states:”We are beginning to see practical support. And this is a very significant sign of the movement towards a new era, a new age… We see both in our country and elsewhere…ghosts of the old thinking…When we rid ourselves of their presence, we will be better able to move toward a new world order… relying on the relevant mechanisms of the United Nations.”Elsewhere, in Alexandria, Virginia, Elena Lenskaya, Counsellor to the Minister of Education of Russia, delivers the keynote address for a program titled, Education for a New World Order.
1992 — The Twilight of Sovereignty by CFR member (and former Citicorp Chairman) Walter Wriston is published, in which he claims:”A truly global economy will require …compromises of national sovereignty… There is no escaping the system.
“1992 — The United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED) Earth Summit takes place in Rio de Janeiro this year, headed by Conference Secretary-General Maurice Strong. The main products of this summit are the Biodiversity Treaty and Agenda 21, which the U.S. hesitates to sign because of opposition at home due to the threat to sovereignty and economics. The summit says the first world’s wealth must be transferred to the third world.
July 20, 1992 — TIME magazine publishes The Birth of the Global Nation by Strobe Talbott, Rhodes Scholar, roommate of Bill Clinton at Oxford University, CFR Director, and Trilateralist, in which he writes:”All countries are basically social arrangements… No matter how permanent or even sacred they may seem at any one time, in fact they are all artificial and temporary… Perhaps national sovereignty wasn’t such a great idea after all… But it has taken the events in our own wondrous and terrible century to clinch the case for world government.”As an editor of Time, Talbott defended Clinton during his presidential campaign. He was appointed by President Clinton as the number two person at the State Department behind Secretary of State Warren Christopher, former Trilateralist and former CFR Vice-Chairman and Director. Talbott was confirmed by about two-thirds of the U.S. Senate despite his statement about the unimportance of national sovereignty.
September 29, 1992 — At a town hall meeting in Los Angeles, Trilateralist and former CFR president Winston Lord delivers a speech titled Changing Our Ways: America and the New World, in which he remarks:”To a certain extent, we are going to have to yield some of our sovereignty, which will be controversial at home… [Under] the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA)… some Americans are going to be hurt as low-wage jobs are taken away.”Lord became an Assistant Secretary of State in the Clinton administration.
Winter, 1992-93 — The CFR’s Foreign Affairs publishes Empowering the United Nations by U.N. Secretary General Boutros-Boutros Ghali, who asserts:”It is undeniable that the centuries-old doctrine of absolute and exclusive sovereignty no longer stands… Underlying the rights of the individual and the rights of peoples is a dimension of universal sovereignty that resides in all humanity… It is a sense that increasingly finds expression in the gradual expansion of international law… In this setting the significance of the United Nations should be evident and accepted.”
December 31, 1992 — Formation of Western Europe as the first nation to be formed in the global 10-Nation Reorganization Plan.
1993 — Strobe Talbott receives the Norman Cousins Global Governance Award for his 1992 TIME article, The Birth of the Global Nation and in appreciation for what he has done “for the cause of global governance.” President Clinton writes a letter of congratulation which states:”Norman Cousins worked for world peace and world government… Strobe Talbott’s lifetime achievements as a voice for global harmony have earned him this recognition… He will be a worthy recipient of the Norman Cousins Global Governance Award. Best wishes… for future success.”Not only does President Clinton use the specific term, “world government,” but he also expressly wishes the WFA “future success” in pursuing world federal government. Talbott proudly accepts the award, but says the WFA should have given it to the other nominee, Mikhail Gorbachev.
April 19, 1993 — Waco conflagration.
July 18, 1993 — CFR member and Trilateralist Henry Kissinger writes in the Los Angeles Times concerning NAFTA:”What Congress will have before it is not a conventional trade agreement but the architecture of a new international system… a first step toward a new world order.
“August 23, 1993 — Christopher Hitchens, Socialist friend of Bill Clinton when he was at Oxford University, says in a C-Span interview:”…it is, of course the case that there is a ruling class in this country, and that it has allies internationally.
“October 30, 1993 — Washington Post ombudsman Richard Harwood does an op-ed piece about the role of the CFR’s media members:”Their membership is an acknowledgment of their ascension into the American ruling class [where] they do not merely analyze and interpret foreign policy for the United States; they help make it.
“January/February, 1994 — The CFR’s Foreign Affairs prints an opening article by CFR Senior Fellow Michael Clough in which he writes that the “Wise Men” (e.g. Paul Nitze, Dean Acheson, George Kennan, and John J. McCloy) have:”assiduously guarded it [American foreign policy] for the past 50 years…They ascended to power during World War II…This was as it should be. National security and the national interest, they argued must transcend the special interests and passions of the people who make up America… How was this small band of Atlantic-minded internationalists able to triumph?… Eastern internationalists were able to shape and staff the burgeoning foreign policy institutions… As long as the Cold War endured and nuclear Armageddon seemed only a missile away, the public was willing to tolerate such an undemocratic foreign policy making system.
“1995 — The State of the World Forum took place in the fall of this year, sponsored by the Gorbachev Foundation located at the Presidio in San Francisco. Foundation President Jim Garrison chairs the meeting of who’s-whos from around the world including Margaret Thatcher, Maurice Strong, George Bush, Mikhail Gorbachev and others. Conversation centers around the oneness of mankind and the coming global government. However, the term “global governance” is now used in place of “new world order” since the latter has become a political liability, being a lightning rod for opponents of global government.
April 19, 1995 — Oklahoma City bombing of the Federal Murrah Building.
1996 — The United Nations 420-page report Our Global Neighborhood is published. It outlines a plan for “global governance,” calling for an international Conference on Global Governance in 1998 for the purpose of submitting to the world the necessary treaties and agreements for ratification by the year 2000.1996 — State of the World Forum II takes place in the fall in San Francisco. Many of the sessions are closed to the press.
December 31, 1999 — Washington Monument sprays colored light into the black night sky, symbolizing the ‘impregnation’ of the New World Order.T

Top of Page 1980 | 1990  | 2000September 10, 2000 — The conclusion of a 13-day summit —
August 28 – September 10, 2000 — which officially gave birth to the New World Order, which was ‘conceived’ 9 months earlier at the Washington Obelisk in DC. See cuttingedge.org for details.
September 11, 2001 — Eleven years to the day after President Bush [Senior] delivers his speech to Congress entitled Toward a New World Order, and 1 year and 1 day after the official birth of the New World Order, “terrorists” attack and destroy the World Trade Center and severely damage the Pentagon.Interestingly, the date could also have been chosen to celebrate the birth of The Knights Templar, formed by 9 European separatists who forbade new members for 9 years in 1111 AD.
September 12, 2001 — “There is a chance for the President of the United States to use this disaster to carry out what his father – a phrase his father used I think only once, and it hasn’t been used since – and that is a new world order.” – Senator Gary Hart, Council on Foreign Relations meeting.
September 13, 2001 — Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz says the retaliation [re: Sept 11] would be continued until the roots of terrorism are destroyed. “These people try to hide. They won’t be able to hide forever … They think their harbors are safe, but they won’t be safe forever … it’s not simply a matter of capturing people and holding them accountable, but removing the sanctuaries, removing the support systems, ending states who sponsor terrorism.
“October 11, 2001 — Tom Brokaw (popular US news anchor) announces the world now has formed into the New World Order.
October 26, 2001 — President Bush signs legislation into law that gives Federal Government dictatorial powers and severely — if not fatally — erodes individual liberties and rights.
January 29, 2002 — Bush, in his State of the Union Address, lists Iraq, Iran and North Korea as constituting an ‘axis of evil, arming to threaten the peace of the world. By seeking weapons of mass destruction, these regimes pose a grave and growing danger’.
September 12, 2002 — Bush tells UN that Iraq is a “grave and gathering danger” and that the US “will not allow any terrorist or tyrant to threaten civilization with weapons of mass murder”.
February 01, 2003 — Space shuttle Columbia breaks up on re-entry over Dallas, Texas.
February 2003 — First reported cases of SARS. A massive media blitz attempts to create a pandemic, but by May 2003, only 600 people worldwide have died. Compared to the Influenza Pandemic of 1917-1919 which killed 800,000 Americans and 25 million people worldwide, SARS is hardly a pandemic.
March 17, 2003 — At 8:15pm, EST, President Bush announces a 48-hour ultimatum to Saddam Hussein to leave the country with his sons, or suffer the invasion.
March 20, 2003 — US starts invasion of Iraq, exactly 555 days after September 11, 2001. The start of World War III?
February 14, 2006 — Bill is introduced in the United States House of Representatives to reinstate compulsory military service.
May 19, 2006 — Bush considering creating a North American Union. Will this replace the United States?For subsequent updates, please refer to a timeline of World War 3.

Next: The Real Cause of World War 1
Previous: Explanation of The New World Order. Is there a purpose for World War? What is the New World Order?If you found this article interesting and want access to other carefully researched and well written articles, you might want to see what others are saying about the ThreeWorldWars newsletter.

The start of the money Grab.

Don’t Wait, Ditch PayPal Today

Do you really want to entrust your money to an activist organization intent on stealing your funds at the first opportune moment? I cannot encourage you strongly enough to ditch PayPal.

They have repeatedly proven they are against Constitutional rights and are willing to use their leverage in people’s lives to impose their own anti-American, anti-Constitutional and anti-humanitarian ideologies.

Understand that by using them, you’re supporting all of those things as well. Furthermore, make no mistake, PayPal is part of the blossoming social credit system,²⁰ and that must be nipped in the bud, sooner rather than later.

Call on Lawmakers to Take Action

Getting out of PayPal as quickly as possible is not enough. As noted by Revolver news, we also need to call on lawmakers to step in and make sure PayPal and other banking and financial transaction services can never implement theft of users’ funds based on ideological differences:²¹

“Don’t be fooled by PayPal’s fakeout. The company wants your money, and it wants wokeness, and it’s planning on how to take both. And unless it is punished quickly, other banks will look to do the same thing …

Saturday afternoon, just a day after the planned changes broke, PayPal walked everything back, pathetically suggesting that the changes to its terms of service were the product of a typo. ‘Oops! Sorry about the mistake! Now please move along and stop asking questions.’

Obviously, only an idiot would believe this. Friday’s leaked policies were no stray typo, but the product of substantial work. And there was nothing shocking about them. For years, PayPal has increasingly let political priorities override neutral business practices …

PayPal trying to outright steal the money of non-woke users is just the rational culmination of the company’s priorities. This time, at least, some shouting on Twitter was able to reverse the policy before it began. But there is no reason to let things stop there.

Lawmakers and regulators should act immediately make sure PayPal can never consider reimposing such a policy … This isn’t just about PayPal. PayPal’s justification for confiscating its users’ assets could likely be copied by any bank with sufficient political motivation. And according to one notable finance and tech investor … there are ‘high odds’ other banks will adopt similar policies sooner rather than later …

[F]ortunately, the fix is easy. There are a whole raft of laws that any state can pass right now to protect their citizens from unjust monetary seizures or financial deplatforming:

Decree that no person’s account may be frozen or forcibly closed absent evidence of an actual crime.
Ban any predefined fines in excess of some nominal amount (such at $40) suitable for covering things like overdraft fees. For any larger amount, a company must sue in court for damages.
Legally clarify — and have state regulators issue guidance — that ‘reputational’ risk-management frameworks for financial institutions should, as a matter of policy, consider only the reputation for solvency. Not ‘environmental,’ ‘social,’ or political matters. Prohibit banks from collecting any liquidated damages for so-called reputational harm.”

Financial Institutions Must Act as Servants

The Washington Examiner has expressed the same ideas, stating:²²

“A congressional investigation of PayPal is in order … Companies that handle other people’s money should not be permitted to use their position to steal or to leverage the personal freedom of their clients. Much like government, they are supposed to be the servants and not masters of their customers.

Before PayPal and other companies attempt to establish some kind of unaccountable social credit system, they should worry about the reputational harm they will cause to themselves when they get caught.”

Deseret News has also published an article²³ discussing the need for new laws. “Access to the financial system regardless of one’s views is a human-rights issue for our time,” Deseret writer Valerie Hudson wrote. In March 2021, Sen. Kevin Cramer introduced the Fair Access to Banking Act²⁴ (S563), which could act as a foundation upon which to build further. As noted by Hudson:

“The proposed Fair Access to Banking Act is a good start, but in light of PayPal’s antics, this legislation should be strengthened and prioritized. In the United States, your life should not be held hostage by financial organizations on the basis of your political viewpoints, period.”

A Foreshadowing of a Future Hell

PayPal’s tactics foreshadow what we can expect from a central bank digital currency (CBDC). As noted by The Hill,²⁵ “PayPal just gave America an eerie glimpse into the future.” So, we not only need legislation to prevent social engineering by the likes of PayPal, we also need laws to prevent the future use of CBDCs as a tool for mass control — which is precisely their intended function.

If we can get our representatives to understand the stakes, we could nip that preplanned tyranny in the bud. Combined with a social credit system, CBDCs will be like PayPal at its most egregious, on steroids.

A CBDC will have the ability to control where and when you spend every dime. It will also have the ability to automatically withdraw taxes and fines for crimethink and unapproved behavior. To understand what awaits us in the West, all you have to do is look at the Chinese social credit system,²⁶ and how it controls people through a combination of financial, social and physical threats.

CBDCs can also be preprogrammed by the issuer to restrict how the currency is used by the receiver from the get-go. Discrimination and wrecking of lives for the purpose of quelling dissenting ideologies are a given under such a system.

Anyone who wants their children to grow up free have a duty to resist this financial reset, and that includes not using platforms like PayPal, which promises censorship rather than freedom. Getting laws on the books ahead of time could also go a long way toward minimizing the number of martyrs required to keep ultimate tyranny at bay.

Humanity

‘Speed of Science’ – A Scandal Beyond Your Wildest Nightmare (mercola.com).

By Jan Kleinen on Thursday, November 3, 2022

link: European Union BLASTS Pfizer For Hiding Data – YouTube

‘Speed of Science’ – A Scandal Beyond Your Wildest Nightmare (mercola.com)https://articles.mercola.com/sites/articles/archive/2022/10/24/speed-of-science.aspx?ui=e9bc15645e33ce840f3a66be902fd766e7cc9162f9b5a99e98725540f42a943b&sd=20210224&cid_source=dnl&cid_medium=email&cid_content=art1ReadMore&cid=20221024&cid=DM1266478&bid=1627611902

The Science Behind Molecular Hydrogen Tablets

Common Medications That You Shouldn’t Be on for Long

Lies, lies and more lies

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

The premise behind COVID shot mandates and vaccine passports was that by taking the shot, you would protect others, as it would prevent infection and spread of COVID-19
In early October 2022, during a COVID hearing in the European Parliament, Dutch member Rob Roos questioned Pfizer’s president of international developed markets, Janine Small, about whether Pfizer had in fact tested and confirmed that their mRNA jab would prevent transmission prior to its rollout
Small admitted that Pfizer never tested whether their jab would prevent transmission because they had to “move at the speed of science to understand what is happening in the market … and we had to do everything at risk”
We’ve known for well over two years that the shots were never tested for transmission interruption. In October 2020, Peter Doshi, associate editor of The BMJ, highlighted that trials were not designed to reveal whether the vaccines would prevent transmission. Yet everyone in government and media insisted they would do just that
It was never about science or protecting others. It was always about following a predetermined narrative that sought to get experimental mRNA technology into as many people as possible

February 9, 2021, I published an article that clarified the medical and legal definitions of a “vaccine.” In the article, I noted that mRNA COVID-19 jabs did not meet those definitions, in part because they don’t prevent infection or spread. In reality, they’re experimental gene therapies. In July that year, The New York Times published a hit piece on me citing that February 9 article:¹

“The article that appeared online on Feb. 9 began with a seemingly innocuous question about the legal definition of vaccines. Then over its next 3,400 words, it declared coronavirus vaccines were ‘a medical fraud’ and said the injections did not prevent infections, provide immunity or stop transmission of the disease.

Instead, the article claimed, the shots ‘alter your genetic coding, turning you into a viral protein factory that has no off-switch.’ Its assertions were easily disprovable …”

Pfizer Moved ‘at the Speed of Science’

Fast-forward to early October 2022, and my claims were officially confirmed during a COVID hearing in the European Parliament. Dutch member Rob Roos questioned Pfizer’s president of international developed markets, Janine Small, about whether Pfizer had in fact tested and confirmed that their mRNA jab would prevent transmission prior to its rollout.

As noted by Roos, the entire premise behind COVID shot mandates and vaccine passports was that by taking the shot, you would protect others, as it would prevent infection and spread of COVID-19. Small replied:

“No. We had to really move at the speed of science to understand what is happening in the market … and we had to do everything at risk.”²

This means the COVID passport was based on a big lie. The only purpose of the COVID passport: forcing people to get vaccinated. I find this shocking — even criminal. ~ Rob Roos, MEP

As noted by Roos, “This means the COVID passport was based on a big lie. The only purpose of the COVID passport: forcing people to get vaccinated.” Roos added that he found this deception “shocking — even criminal.”³

In the video below, biologist and nurse teacher John Campbell, Ph.D., reviews this growing scandal. He points out that U.K. government officials emphatically assured the public that everything that was normally done in clinical trials for a vaccine was done for the COVID shots. Now we’re told that was not the case after all.

The question is why? According to Small, these basic trials were not done because they “had to move at the speed of science.” But just what does that mean? As noted by Campbell, these are “just words without meaning.” It’s complete nonsense.

Moreover, what does it mean to “do everything at risk”? Campbell admits he has no idea what that means. I don’t either, but were I to venture a guess, I’d guess it means they knowingly skipped certain testing even though they knew the risks of doing so.https://www.youtube.com/embed/J6VbI8gOnUM?wmode=transparent&rel=0

Government and Media Promulgated a Blatant Lie

Over the past three years, mainstream media have promulgated the lie that the COVID shots will prevent infection and transmission, telling us that anyone who doesn’t get the shot is selfish at best, and at worst, a potential murderer at large. Anyone who refuses poses a serious biomedical threat to society, hence the need for heavy-handedness.

Alas, it was all a lie from the start. The frustrating part is that we’ve KNOWN for well over two years that the shots were never tested for transmission interruption, yet everyone in government and media insisted they would do just that.

In October 2020, Peter Doshi, associate editor of The BMJ, highlighted the fact that the trials were not designed to reveal whether the vaccines would prevent transmission, which is key if you want to end the pandemic. He wrote:⁴

“None of the trials currently under way are designed to detect a reduction in any serious outcome such as hospital admissions, use of intensive care, or deaths. Nor are the vaccines being studied to determine whether they can interrupt transmission of the virus.”

So, by October 2020, at the latest, it was clear that no studies had been done to determine whether the shots actually prevented transmission, which is a prerequisite for the claim that you’ll save the lives of others if you take it.

By then, Moderna had also admitted they were not testing its jab’s ability to prevent infection. Tal Zaks, chief medical officer at Moderna, stated that this kind of trial would require testing volunteers twice a week for long periods of time — a strategy he called “operationally untenable.”⁵

So, neither Pfizer nor Moderna had any clue whether their COVID shots would prevent transmission or spread, as that was never tested, yet with the aid of government officials and media, they led the public to believe they would. Below is just one example where Pfizer clearly obfuscated the truth.⁶ If stopping transmission was their “highest priority,” why didn’t they test and confirm that their shot was accomplishing this priority?

Similarly, in an Israeli interview⁷ (below), Bourla stated that “The efficacy of our vaccine in children is 80%.” The reporter asked him to clarify, “Are you talking about efficacy to prevent severe disease or to prevent infection?” and Bourla replied, “To prevent infection.” How could he say that when preventing infection has never been tested? Is that not evidence of fraud, caught on camera?

https://platform.twitter.com/embed/Tweet.html?creatorScreenName=mercola&dnt=false&embedId=twitter-widget-0&features=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%3D%3D&frame=false&hideCard=false&hideThread=false&id=1582256734264926208&lang=en&origin=https%3A%2F%2Farticles.mercola.com%2Fsites%2Farticles%2Farchive%2F2022%2F10%2F24%2Fspeed-of-science.aspx&sessionId=fc8b3a027d6b830b25c4bd0a2d11b4693eeceab5&siteScreenName=mercola&theme=light&widgetsVersion=1c23387b1f70c%3A1664388199485&width=550px

COVID Shots Have Been Fraudulently Marketed

https://youtube.com/watch?v=vsbTeJOEMg0%3Fwmode%3Dtransparent%26rel%3D0

As I stated in February 2021, the shots are a medical fraud. A true vaccine prevents infection; COVID shots don’t. Hence, they’ve also been fraudulently marketed. Governments around the world enabled this marketing fraud and media promulgated it.

As a result of mandating COVID shots and vaccine passports based on a blatant lie, millions have suffered potentially permanent harm and/or have died. Millions have also lost their jobs, forfeited careers and missed out on educational opportunities. This all happened because we DIDN’T follow the science.

Massive Conflicts of Interest Have Been Allowed

Why did government agencies go along with what was, to anyone with a microgram of critical thinking skills, an apparent fraud? Probably, because they’re in on it. As reported by investigative journalist Paul Thacker, the same PR company that serves Moderna and Pfizer also staffs the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s Division of Viral Diseases team:⁸

“Early last month [September 2022], CDC Director Rochelle P. Walensky endorsed recommendations by the CDC Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) for updated COVID-19 boosters from Pfizer-BioNTech and Moderna.

‘This recommendation followed a comprehensive scientific evaluation and robust scientific discussion,’ Dr. Walensky said in a statement. ‘If you are eligible, there is no bad time to get your COVID-19 booster and I strongly encourage you to receive it’ …

[The] PR firm Weber Shandwick, which has long represented Pfizer and other pharmaceutical companies and began providing public relations support to Moderna sometime in 2020.

In an odd case of synchronicity — and let’s be honest, a whiff of undue influence — Weber Shandwick employees are also embedded at the CDC’s National Center for Immunization and Respiratory Diseases (NCIRD), the CDC group that implements vaccine programs and oversees the work of ACIP [CDC’s Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices] …

The CDC has refused to respond to questions explaining this apparent conflict … ‘[It] is irresponsible of CDC to issue a PR contract to Weber Shandwick, knowing that the firm also works for Moderna and Pfizer,’ emailed Public Citizen’s Craig Holman. ‘It raises legitimate questions of whose interests Weber Shandwick will put first — their private sector clients or the public’s interest at NCIRD.’”

Incidentally, Weber Shandwick was in 2016 found to have ghostwritten a drug study for Forest Pharmaceuticals — another unethical practice that has undermined the foundation of medical science for decades.

One PR Company, One Consistent Message

Weber Shandwick’s responsibilities at the CDC include but are not limited to “generating story ideas, distributing articles and conducting outreach to news, media and entertainment organizations” to boost vaccination rates.⁹ The company provides similar services to Moderna.

For example, it helped generate 7,000 news articles internationally after Moderna applied for emergency use authorization (EUA) for its jab.

In June 2022, Moderna announced a “cross-discipline team drawing on talent and expertise from Weber Shandwick” would “drive the brand’s narrative globally,” and “support Moderna in activating and engaging key internal and external audiences, including employees, consumers, health care providers, vaccine recipients and policymakers.”¹⁰

Considering the primary COVID jab makers have the same PR company as the CDC, is it any wonder that the messaging has been so consistently one-sided? As noted by Doshi in a recent interview on German television,¹¹ mainstream media have consistently ignored COVID jab data and have “not done a good job in providing balanced coverage” about the shots.

“We’re not getting the information we need to make better choices and to have a more informed understanding of risk and benefit,” he told the interviewer, adding:¹²

“It was very unfortunate that from the beginning, what was presented to us by public health officials was a picture of great certainty … but the reality was that there were extremely important unknowns.

We entered a situation where essentially the stakes became too high to later present that uncertainty to people. I think that’s what set us off on the wrong foot. Public officials should have been a lot more forthright about the gaps in our knowledge.”

Reanalysis of Trial Data Confirms COVID Shot Dangers

In late September 2022, Doshi published a risk-benefit analysis focused on serious adverse events observed in Pfizer’s and Moderna’s COVID trials. Reanalysis of the data showed 1 in 800 who get a COVID shot suffers a serious injury. As detailed in Doshi’s paper:¹³

“Pfizer and Moderna mRNA COVID-19 vaccines were associated with an excess risk of serious adverse events of special interest of 10.1 and 15.1 per 10,000 vaccinated over placebo baselines of 17.6 and 42.2 respectively.

Combined, the mRNA vaccines were associated with an excess risk of serious adverse events of special interest of 12.5 per 10,000 vaccinated; risk ratio 1.43.

The Pfizer trial exhibited a 36 % higher risk of serious adverse events in the vaccine group … The Moderna trial exhibited a 6 % higher risk of serious adverse events in the vaccine group … Combined, there was a 16 % higher risk of serious adverse events in mRNA vaccine recipients …”

Doshi and his coauthors also concluded that the increase in adverse events from the shots surpassed the reduction in risk of being hospitalized with COVID-19. So, in short, the shots confer more harm than good.

Sen. Rand Paul Promises Investigation

A spokesperson for Sen. Rand Paul, R-Ky., replied to an inquiry by Thacker stating, “[T]hat CDC had a contract with the same PR firm representing the manufacturers of the COVID-19 vaccine raises serious concerns,” adding that “these conflicts of interest will be thoroughly investigated” by the Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor and Pensions (HELP) — which oversees the CDC — sometime next year.

After the November midterms, Paul will be next in line as the top Republican on this committee. It’s well worth noting that, at bare minimum, this kind of conflict of interest should have been disclosed by both parties. At best, it should have been avoided altogether. The CDC did neither. It didn’t disclose its relationship with the PR firm and it didn’t prevent the conflict of interest from developing in the first place.

What Was the COVID Jab Push All About?

The rational take-home from all this is that the massive push to inject the global population with these experimental jabs was never about following science and protecting others.

It was always about promoting a false, invented narrative designed to allow for the implementation of a top-down directive to inject every person on the planet with a novel mRNA technology. This, in turn, brings up two central questions:

•Who’s at the top? — We don’t yet know. All we can say for sure is that they have a very powerful and global influence — powerful enough that government officials have willingly lied and sacrificed their own populations in an incredibly risky medical experiment.

•Why is injecting everyone with mRNA technology so important to the anonymous decision-makers? — Again, we don’t know, but it’s quite clear that there’s a reason for it, that it’s supposed to accomplish something.

As detailed in previous articles, the only rational reason for why the CDC is allowing COVID jab EUA’s for young children is because they’re assisting drug makers in their effort to obtain liability shielding by getting the shots onto the childhood vaccination schedule.

ACIP is poised to add COVID shots to the childhood vaccination schedule any day now,¹⁴ and once on the childhood schedule, vaccine makers will not be liable for injuries and deaths occurring from their shots, whether they occur in children or adults.

Also, remember that even though the U.S. Food and Drug Administration granted full approval to Pfizer’s Comirnaty COVID shot, Comirnaty was never released to the public. The Pfizer shot being given is still under EUA.

Why was Comirnaty never released? Probably because once the shot has full FDA approval, liability kicks in. It appears they’re trying to avoid liability by getting the EUA shot on the childhood schedule before Comirnaty is rolled out and starts injuring and killing people.

Now, if they’re concerned about liability, that means they know the shot is dangerous. And if they know it’s dangerous (which all available data clearly show it is), then why do they want every person on the planet to get it?

Following this line of questioning to its logical conclusion leads us to the shocking conclusion that even though we don’t know the reasons why, the injuries and deaths from these jabs are intentional.

Vaccine Makers Continue to Spread Lies

Despite Small’s unequivocally clear admission that Pfizer has not tested its COVID shot to ascertain whether it prevents transmission, Pfizer’s CEO still does not shy away from insinuating as much. Here’s what he tweeted out October 12, 2022.¹⁵ He’s not saying the shot has been confirmed to prevent COVID, but he insinuates that it does by saying the FDA authorized it for the prevention of COVID. This is also known as lying by omission.

Meanwhile, so-called fact checkers are trying to salvage Pfizer’s reputation by saying the company never actually stated the shot would stop transmission.¹⁶ That may be so, but government officials and media DID claim it would prevent both infection and spread, and Pfizer never corrected them, even as people were being fired and ostracized from society for not taking the jab.

If they were truly on the up-and-up, Pfizer officials would have clarified that the shot had not been tested to confirm it would prevent transmission, and until that was known, mandates and passports had no basis. Pfizer didn’t do that. Instead, they went along with it.

The Jabs Were Always To Be Pushed — ‘By Fair Means or Foul’

https://youtube.com/watch?v=Rh4Zix87kFo%3Fwmode%3Dtransparent%26rel%3D0

In conclusion, there’s no reason to trust government ever again, at least not in the U.S., which stands alone in pushing the jab on toddlers. (The reason for that, as mentioned earlier, is probably to get the jabs onto the childhood vaccination schedule, which will shield the vaccine makers from financial liability for harms.)

As noted by GB News host Neil Oliver in the video above, the very basis for COVID mandates or vaccine passports — that everyone had to get jabbed for the greater good, to protect others and help end the pandemic — was a deliberate lie from the start.

Many of us realized this early on, but our voices were drowned out as government, Big Tech and media pulled out all the stops, censoring anyone who told the truth. And all who have participated in this grand deception remain unrepentant to this day.

In a recent Twitter thread, a Twitter user named Daniel Hadas lays out an excellent description of what the last three years were really about:¹⁷

“The debate over whether, when, and to what extent lies were told about COVID vaccines preventing transmission misses a central point: No matter what the trial data showed, the vaccines were ALWAYS going to be pushed on entire populations, by fair means or foul.

Very early on, the COVID response was locked into a specific narrative. The world would lock down and stay safe, while brave scientists hammered away at a vaccine … You may recall that, in the first months of COVID, there was a lot of breathless talk about whether there would EVER be a vaccine.

This was all nonsense … Our authorities would not have adopted the strategy of lockdown-till-vaccine unless they were certain a vaccine could and would be made …

The purpose of sowing fear that there might never be a vaccine was to increase gratitude and enthusiasm when one came along. Indeed, every part of the early COVID response can be understood as (in part) pre-release marketing for the vaccine …

That’s why COVID risks for the young were wildly amplified. That’s why there was unending obfuscation of the central role of infection-conferred immunity both in protecting individuals and in ending the pandemic.

The plan was that the vaccine would be met by a perfectly primed population: immunologically naive, desperate to be released from lockdowns, terrified of COVID, eager to do the right thing, i.e. protect others through taking the shots.

Once so much effort had gone into priming, it is UNIMAGINABLE that authorities would have pivoted to telling us … ‘Well, actually, the vaccine’s safety profile is only so-so, efficacy is murky, and most people don’t need to worry about COVID anyway. So best most of you not take this … Sorry about the lockdowns.’

That was not in the script. So it was inevitable that the vaccine be pushed on everyone, and inevitable that the best arguments for universal vaccination would be used. Those arguments were: COVID is super-dangerous for YOU. Distrust in this vaccine is distrust in science. Refusing to get vaccinated is immoral, because you will infect others.

The veracity of these claims didn’t matter: they were in the script, and it was too late to deviate … Accordingly, the stage was also set for vaccine mandates.

None of this is conspiratorial. It is descriptive … Clarifying the details won’t alter the essence of the picture — The COVID response was determined by a script of vaccine salvation, and societies’ investment in that script was too deep for mere realities to divert its execution.”

The primary questions that still remain unanswered are: Why was this script created? What are its intended consequences? And, who created it? As mentioned earlier, the evidence suggests harm is an intended outcome — harm to our economy, our social order, our health, our life span and reproductive capacity.

As for “why,” we can just look at what has been accomplished so far. Assuming the consequences were intentional, the “why” appears to be wealth transfer, depopulation and the creation of a one world government.

Part two, the smoking gun:

Genetic Fingerprint Reveals Synthetic Origin of SARS-CoV-2

Analysis by Dr. Joseph Mercola Fact Checked

November 03, 2022

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

According to new research, the chance of SARS-CoV-2 having a natural origin is less than 1 in 100 million. SARS-CoV-2 has a telltale signature of genetic engineering, not previously identified
That genetic fingerprint suggests the work of Ralph Baric, Ph.D., was used in the creation of the virus. There’s a direct match between Baric’s published research — which describes how to hide telltale signs of genetic engineering — and the genetics found in SARS-CoV-2
In 2002, Baric invented a technique called seamless ligation, which conceals all evidence of genetic engineering in lab-created pathogens. Baric’s nickname for this technique is the “no-see’m method.” Baric taught the method to Shi Zhengli in 2016, and Shi and her colleagues at the Wuhan Institute of Virology (WIV) demonstrated mastery of Baric’s technique in a series of gain-of-function experiments
However, while seamless ligation conceals human tampering in lab-created pathogens, the method leaves a signature of its own, and that’s the signature discovered in SARS-CoV-2
The findings raise the possibility of liability for the University of North Carolina where Baric works, the National Institutes of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, which funded Baric, the WIV and other parties

According to new research, the chance of SARS-CoV-2 having a natural origin is less than 1 in 100 million.^1,2 The paper³ was posted on the preprint server BioRxiv October 20, 2022.

One of its authors, mathematical biologist Alex Washburn, also summarizes the work in a Substack article,⁴ posted that same day. The other two authors are Valentin Bruttel, a molecular immunologist, and Antonius VanDongen, a pharmacologist. There are two key take-homes from this paper:

SARS-CoV-2 has a telltale signature of genetic engineering, not previously identified
That genetic fingerprint also suggests the work of Ralph Baric, Ph.D., was used in the creation of the virus. There’s a direct match between Baric’s published research — in which he describes how to hide telltale signs of genetic engineering — and the genetics found in SARS-CoV-2

Seamless Ligation Conceals Genetic Tampering

In 2002, Baric and three other researchers published a paper⁵ in the Journal of Virology titled “Systematic Assembly of a Full-Length Infectious cDNA of Mouse Hepatitis Virus Strain A59.” In it, they describe a technique called “seamless ligation,” which conceals all evidence of genetic engineering in lab-created pathogens. Baric’s nickname for this technique is the “no-see’m method.”

The research was funded by two National Institutes of Health grants⁶ — AI 23946, for studies into the mechanism of MHV (mouse hepatitis virus) replication and SARS reverse genetics,⁷ and GM 63228, for reverse genetics with a coronavirus infectious cDNA construct.⁸

Seamless Litigation Leaves Signature of Its Own

However, while seamless ligation conceals human tampering in lab-created pathogens, it turns out the method leaves a signature of its own in the amino acid code, and that’s the signature Washburn and his coauthors discovered in SARS-CoV-2.

In summary, the telltale signature left behind by the no-see’m method are unique and odd “spellings” in the “genetic vocabulary” that you normally do not find in the genome of a natural virus. The lay summary in the paper describes it like this:⁹

“To construct synthetic variants of natural coronaviruses in the lab, researchers often use a method called in vitro genome assembly. This method utilizes special enzymes called restriction enzymes to generate DNA building blocks that then can be ‘stitched’ together in the correct order of the viral genome.

To make a virus in the lab, researchers usually engineer the viral genome to add and remove stitching sites, called restriction sites. The ways researchers modify these sites can serve as fingerprints of in vitro genome assembly.”

In an October 21, 2022, Defender article, Robert F. Kennedy Jr., Jay Couey, Ph.D., and Charles Rixey clarified the findings as follows:¹⁰

“The magic of Baric’s ‘no-see’m’ technique is to invisibly weave these telltale ‘spelling’ changes into the viral sequence between relevant genes without altering the viral protein. This is like changing the ‘spelling’ of the word without changing its meaning; the casual listener will never notice the difference.

The research team used forensic tools to drill down on minute ‘spelling differences’ in the SARS-CoV2 genome that betray laboratory tampering using the ‘no-see’m’ technique.

Consider how a Brit would spell ‘colour,’ ‘manoeuvre’ or ‘paediatric.’ The choice to spell a word in a certain way can reveal your nation of origin. Similarly, these nearly imperceptible changes in the viral sequence give away the laboratory origins of this virus.”

Regularly Spaced Cutting Sites Reveal Manipulation

They were able to identify the signature left behind by seamless ligation by plotting the distribution of cutting sites on the SARS-CoV-2 virus and then comparing it to the distribution of cutting sites on wild-type SARS viruses and other lab-created SARS viruses.

SARS-CoV has the restriction site fingerprint that is typical for synthetic viruses. The synthetic fingerprint of SARS-CoV-2 is anomalous in wild coronaviruses, and common in lab-assembled viruses. ~ Washburn, Bruttel and VanDongen

Wild-type SARS viruses had cutting sites that were randomly distributed. Lab-created SARS viruses, on the other hand — and SARS-CoV-2 — had regularly spaced cutting sites. According to the authors, that’s a clear indication that SARS-CoV-2 was manipulated in the lab using Baric’s no-see’m technique.

Another telltale sign of human manipulation is the length between the cutting sites. The longest segments found in wild-type viruses were found to be far longer than those found in lab-made viruses, including SARS-CoV-2.

The reason for this is because lab-made viruses are stitched together from smaller pieces, so the genetic segments tend to be short. In nature, however, the lengths of the segments are completely random and include both very short, medium and very long segments.

The types of mutations in SARS-CoV-2 also didn’t conform to what you see in wild-type, naturally evolved viruses. So, SARS-CoV-2 looks like a lab creation in more ways than one. As noted in their lay summary:¹¹

“We found that SARS-CoV has the restriction site fingerprint that is typical for synthetic viruses. The synthetic fingerprint of SARS-CoV-2 is anomalous in wild coronaviruses, and common in lab-assembled viruses.

The type of mutations (synonymous or silent mutations) that differentiate the restriction sites in SARS-CoV-2 are characteristic of engineering, and the concentration of these silent mutations in the restriction sites is extremely unlikely to have arisen by random evolution.

Both the restriction site fingerprint and the pattern of mutations generating them are extremely unlikely in wild coronaviruses and nearly universal in synthetic viruses. Our findings strongly suggest a synthetic origin of SARS-CoV-2.”

Genetic Fingerprints Point Directly at Baric, Fauci and the WIV

According to Washburn and his coauthors, this artifact in the amino acid code of SARS-CoV-2 could only have emerged through the use of Baric’s seamless ligation (no see’m) method.

That’s bad news for Baric, who created the method, and Dr. Anthony Fauci, who funded the development of the technique through the National Institutes of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID). It also incriminates Shi Zhengli, aka “the Bat Lady” at the Wuhan Institute of Virology. As reported by Kennedy:¹²

“Baric taught his ‘no-see’m’ method to … Shi Zhengli in 2016. In return, Baric received Chinese coronaviruses collected by Shi from bats in Yunnan province. (Scientists have linked the COVID-19 genome’s pedigree to closely related bats.)

Shi and her colleagues at the Wuhan Institute subsequently demonstrated their mastery of Baric’s high-risk technique in a series of published — and highly controversial — gain-of-function experiments^13,14 at the Wuhan lab …

Experts say that the implications of this new study could be far-reaching. By pointing the finger at Baric, the study raises the possibility of potentially devastating liability for the NIAID and the University of North Carolina and other parties …

The closest known coronavirus relative — a coronavirus from the Wuhan lab — is 96.2% identical¹⁵ to SARS-CoV-2. The peculiar spike accounts almost completely for the entire 3.8% difference. Oddly, there are multiple novel mutations in the spike and almost none in the rest of the genome.

Natural evolution would be expected to leave mutations distributed evenly across the genome. The fact that virtually all the mutations occur on the spike led these scientists to suspect that that particular Wuhan lab coronavirus collected by Shi Zhengli is the direct progenitor of SARS-CoV-2 and that its new spike was implanted through engineering.

However, the unmistakable fingerprints of lab engineering were absent — leaving many experts wondering whether Baric’s technique was used to assemble a novel coronavirus with the engineered spike while removing the evidence of lab generation.

This new study¹⁶ connects the biological breadcrumbs that link federally funded research to a global pandemic. That trail leads directly to UNC and NIAID … In an interview last spring, Baric himself confessed, that at the time the pandemic began, only two or three labs in the world were using his protocol — including his UNC lab and the WIV.”

A Big, Risky Research Agenda

Jeffrey Sachs, chair of The Lancet COVID-19 Commission, whose taskforce tried, unsuccessfully, to investigate the origins of COVID-19, commented on these latest findings:¹⁷

“Baric’s technique has long been controversial. ‘It’s the artist that doesn’t sign his name to the painting; the virologist that doesn’t put his signature into the virus to let us know whether or not it is emerging naturally or whether it is produced in a laboratory. All of it says … there was really a big, very risky research agenda underway.’”

Incidentally, Baric’s research was also the basis for Moderna’s mRNA shot for COVID,¹⁸ and he’s been involved in the development of COVID drugs as well. As reported by The News & Observer¹⁹ in December 2021, Baric’s team “conducted the preclinical development for the only approved direct-acting antiviral drug, Remdesivir,” and “studied Molnupiravir, which is the first antiviral pill shown to treat COVID-19 …”

Other Incriminating Evidence Involving Seamless Ligation

Incidentally, Baric’s seamless ligation method was also detailed in the now-infamous DEFUSE proposal²⁰ submitted by the EcoHealth Alliance to the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) in 2018. DARPA rejected the proposal, reportedly because it had “several weaknesses.”²¹

The research EcoHealth Alliance proposed involved inserting human-specific cleavage sites into SARS-related bat coronaviruses — the same puzzling cleavage sites found in SARS-CoV-2 that make it so well-adapted to human lung cells. As the Daily Mail put it:²²

“The $14.2 million (£10.5 million) grant bid was rejected. But did another funder pick up the proposal? At the very least, this proves the researchers were toying with precisely the sort of risky science that could have cooked up a virus eerily similar to the one behind the pandemic.”

Was There Nefarious Intent Behind Creation of SARS-CoV-2?

While Washburn, Bruttel and VanDongen are clear about SARS-CoV-2 being a lab creation, they don’t want people to assume there’s anything nefarious about the virus. In his Substack article, Washburne writes:²³

“… our use of the word ‘synthetic’ derives from ‘synthesis.’ There are methods to synthesize viruses in the lab, and we study those methods. In talking with friends & family, I learned that ‘synthetic’ can have a more nefarious connotation, so I want to clarify that we find no evidence of anything nefarious.

We find no evidence of SARS-CoV-2 being a bioweapon (on the contrary, this looks like an accident) or any gain of function work. We find evidence suggesting SARS-CoV-2 may have been synthesized in the lab with known methods, probably for normal pre-COVID research purposes.”

While I can certainly understand their desire to avoid the conclusion that SARS-CoV-2 is a bioweapon, I disagree with their assumption that it wasn’t intended as such. Too many geopolitical agendas point toward COVID being intentionally used for global wealth transfer and the implementation of The Great Reset.

But even if there was no nefarious intent behind its creation, the end results remain the same. The global economy is crashing, wealth has been stolen from the lower and middle classes, fear of the virus has been used to force us to not only surrender our rights and freedoms but also to submit to medical experimentation under duress, and much more. If there was no nefarious intent, governments’ reaction to the virus would likely have been saner.

The Smoking Gun

What’s more, even if the virus was intended as a bioweapon or not, and whether it got out by accident or intentional release, we need to hold people accountable for its creation in the first place. Unless we ban the creation of Frankenstein viruses, we’ll never be safe. Another lab creation could slip through the doors of a lab on any given day. As noted by Kennedy:²⁴

“The world now has proof positive that SARS-CoV-2 is an engineered laboratory creation generated with technology developed by Ralph Baric with U.S. government funding.

Prosecutors and private attorneys representing clients injured by the COVID-19 pandemic now have a smoking gun … Forensic scientists have now successfully lifted faint but precise fingerprints from the lethal pistol’s grip and trigger. Those fingerprints belong to the NIAID and the University of North Carolina …

UNC’s role in enabling [Baric’s] questionable conduct may have precipitated a global pandemic that could easily give rise to liability for negligence.

UNC and NIAID’s liability is now clear. But do we have positive proof that the Wuhan lab created the monstrosity that caused COVID-19? The cumulative evidence strongly suggests that the Wuhan lab used Baric’s methodologies to cobble together the chimeric virus that caused the COVID-19 pandemic.

But a few missing puzzle pieces still prevent us from definitively proving that this dangerous construction project occurred at the Wuhan lab. Stay tuned!”

Lastly, Twitter user Justin B. Kinney makes a very good point:²⁵

“Bioweapons are more likely to be used post-COVID-19, in part because bad actors now know that virologists and biosecurity experts will cover for them by reflexively insisting the attack was a zoonotic spillover.”

PayPal interference.

Why You Need to Stop Using PayPal

Analysis by Dr. Joseph Mercola Fact Checked

November 05, 2022

Exercise Is Key to Longer Life

No Alaskan King or Snow Crabs Will Be Harvested This Year

https://articles.mercola.com/themes/blogs/mercola/VideoPanel.aspx?PostID=1267950&v=20221105&CacheVideo=1

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

PayPal’s true function is as a politically biased extremist-activist platform
Natural health organizations, antiwar journalists, Christian organizations, anti-child-grooming organizations, nonprofits fighting vaccine mandates, organizations promoting early COVID treatments, alternative media and free speech unions are among those who have had their PayPal accounts canceled without warning
PayPal is also seizing any money you might have in your account on the day of deplatforming. Funds may or may not be returned to you after a six-month review
October 7, 2022, PayPal issued a new user agreement that included fining users $2,500 for “misinformation” or material “unfit for publication.” The determination of what could be deemed “misinformation” was to be at the sole discretion of PayPal, and the fine was to be “debited directly from your PayPal account”
Amid a storm of backlash, PayPal backtracked the next day, saying the user agreement had been issued in error. It’s now been revealed the $2,500 fine has been in its user agreement for over a year. The primary change was the addition of “misinformation” as a fineable offense. PayPal will continue to seize funds, so get out of PayPal as soon as possible

While PayPal has acted as “moral police” for over a decade,¹ in the last couple of years, its true purpose has crystallized. You probably thought PayPal was nothing more than an online payment service, but its true function is as a politically biased extremist-activist platform. PayPal’s chief executive Dan Schulman himself has publicly stated he was “born with social activism in my DNA.”²

Natural health organizations, antiwar journalists,^3,⁴ Christian organizations,⁵ anti-child-grooming organizations,⁶ nonprofits fighting vaccine mandates, organizations promoting early COVID treatments, alternative media⁷ and free speech unions⁸ are just a sampling of the individuals and groups that have had their PayPal accounts cancelled without warning.

PayPal Is Stealing Funds

Adding insult to injury, PayPal is also seizing any money you might have in your account on the day of deplatforming. As reported by independent journalist Matt Taibbi in May 2022:⁹

“In the last week or so, the online payment platform PayPal without explanation suspended the accounts of a series of individual journalists and media outlets, including the well-known alt sites Consortium News and MintPress …

Consortium editor Joe Lauria succeeded in reaching a human being at the company in search of details about the frozen or ‘held’ funds referenced in the note. The PayPal rep told him that if the company decided ‘there was a violation’ after a half-year review period, then ‘it is possible’ PayPal would keep the $9,348.14 remaining in Consortium’s account, as ‘damages.’

‘A secretive process in which they could award themselves damages, not by a judge or a jury,’ Lauria says. ‘Totally in secret’ … This episode ups the ante again on the content moderation movement … where having the wrong opinions can result in your money being frozen or seized. Going after cash is a big jump from simply deleting speech, with a much bigger chilling effect.”

PayPal’s Terms of Service: $2,500 Fine for Misinformation

https://www.bitchute.com/embed/JQmt6xH74yt2/Video link

On top of its deplatforming of political opponents and freezing their funds, PayPal recently threatened to fine users who express opinions that the company doesn’t agree with.^10,^11,¹² In other words, they’ve devised yet another way of stealing your funds, even if they don’t seize your entire account and close it down. As reported by the DailyWire November 7, 2022:¹³

“A new policy update from PayPal will permit the firm to sanction users who advance purported ‘misinformation’ or present risks to user ‘wellbeing’ with fines of up to $2,500 per offense.

The financial services company, which has repeatedly deplatformed organizations and individual commentators for their political views, will expand its ‘existing list of prohibited activities’ on November 3.

Among the changes are prohibitions on ‘the sending, posting, or publication of any messages, content, or materials’ that ‘promote misinformation’ or ‘present a risk to user safety or wellbeing.’ Users are also barred from ‘the promotion of hate, violence, racial or other forms of intolerance that is discriminatory.’”

According to the notice, the determination of what could be deemed “misinformation” was to be at the sole discretion of PayPal, and the fine was to be “debited directly from your PayPal account.”

It’s worth noting that undefined “misinformation” wasn’t the only thing that could incur a fine; item (i) of the policy also included materials “otherwise unfit for publication.”¹⁴ Unfit? What could that be? Your guess is as good as mine.

Based on whom they’ve deplatformed and seized funds from so far, people who would see thousands of dollars swiped from their PayPal accounts as fines for wrongthink would include anyone who doesn’t care for global tyranny, censorship, government overreach, forced medical interventions, nuclear war, The Great Reset or pedophile grooming of children, just to name a few.

PayPal Temporarily Backtracked Amid Backlash

The updated terms of service resulted in thousands of users swiftly closing their accounts and taking their outrage to social media. PayPal’s former president, David Marcus, referred to the new terms as “Insanity,”¹⁵ and company stocks tanked nearly 12%.¹⁶

The backlash was so great, PayPal backtracked the very next day and apologized for causing “confusion,” claiming the new terms of service had been sent out “in error.” According to a PayPal spokesperson:¹⁷

“An [Accepted Use Policy] notice recently went out in error that included incorrect information. PayPal is not fining people for misinformation and this language was never intended to be inserted in our policy. We’re sorry for the confusion this has caused.”

Anyone who believes PayPal would send out new terms of service by mistake is truly gullible. A company like PayPal would have to go through multiple steps and levels of organization, including legal, in order to update its terms of service. No doubt it was approved and authorized at the highest levels.

It was not a mistake, and its sudden U-turn was merely for show (more on that in a moment). They realized they moved a bit too far, too fast, by tying the fine directly to “misinformation.” So, they backtracked.

The $2,500 fine has been part of PayPal’s terms of service since September 20, 2021, at the latest — and it still remains.

Surprise! Fines Have Been on the Books for a Year Already

Unbeknownst to many, the $2,500 fine has actually been part of PayPal’s terms of service since September 20, 2021, at the latest — and it still remains. What!? Yes.

Here’s the deal: PayPal is not removing the possibility of robbing you of $2,500. The supposed “mistake” in language was the addition of “misinformation” as a fineable offense to an already existing policy that says they can issue fines of up to $2,500 for noncompliance with its use policy. In other words, they merely delayed the implementation of fines for misinformation specifically. Tech Dirt explains:¹⁸

“… PayPal’s Acceptable Use Policy already includes a claim that if you violate its policy they can take $2,500 from your account. While PayPal walked back some of these newly announced changes (we’ll get to that in a second), the policy about the $2,500 has existed for at least a year.

Here’s the policy I just grabbed from their website, showing it was last updated on September 20, 2021, with the $2,500 ‘liquidated damages’ clause in there:

… Lots of sites reported that PayPal had retracted its plan to fine people $2,500 for misinformation, but the $2,500 amount is still in the policy. It’s just that the misinformation part is not going live — yet.

Of course, this raises another question: if the $2,500 liquidated damages thing has been in there since at least 2021… has PayPal ever actually done that? … The fact that the $2,500 damages clause is still in the PayPal policy today still seems like a pretty big deal.

Hiding the fact that a company might take $2,500 from you by burying it in an acceptable use policy no one is going to read seems like not a great thing, whether or not the policy includes ‘misinformation’ as a triggering event.”

PayPal Reverses Course Again — Fines Are Back

But the story doesn’t end there. After backing off its thought police policies for a short while, PayPal turned around and doubled down on them October 27, 2022. As reported by The Gateway Pundit:¹⁹

“Paypal’s policy of charging $2,500 for spreading ‘inaccurate or misleading information’ has been reinstated as outlined in the Restricted Activities under the User Agreement …

Starting November 3, 2022, PayPal is expanding the existing list of prohibited activities to include the sending, posting, or publication of messages, content, or materials under its Acceptable Use Policy.

‘Violation of this Acceptable Use Policy constitutes a violation of the PayPal User Agreement and may subject you to damages, including liquidated damages of $2,500.00 U.S. dollars per violation, which may be debited directly from your PayPal account(s) as outlined in the User Agreement,’ said PayPal.

Users will be subject to a financial penalty if they violate the revised policy in any way, including by spreading false information, engaging in discrimination against the LGBTQ community, posing a risk to user safety, and so on … They just lied to you. PayPal is not to be trusted.”

Don’t Wait, Ditch PayPal Today

Do you really want to entrust your money to an activist organization intent on stealing your funds at the first opportune moment? I cannot encourage you strongly enough to ditch PayPal.

Call on Lawmakers to Take Action

“Don’t be fooled by PayPal’s fakeout. The company wants your money, and it wants wokeness, and it’s planning on how to take both. And unless it is punished quickly, other banks will look to do the same thing …

Saturday afternoon, just a day after the planned changes broke, PayPal walked everything back, pathetically suggesting that the changes to its terms of service were the product of a typo. ‘Oops! Sorry about the mistake! Now please move along and stop asking questions.’

Obviously, only an idiot would believe this. Friday’s leaked policies were no stray typo, but the product of substantial work. And there was nothing shocking about them. For years, PayPal has increasingly let political priorities override neutral business practices …

PayPal trying to outright steal the money of non-woke users is just the rational culmination of the company’s priorities. This time, at least, some shouting on Twitter was able to reverse the policy before it began. But there is no reason to let things stop there.

Lawmakers and regulators should act immediately make sure PayPal can never consider reimposing such a policy … This isn’t just about PayPal. PayPal’s justification for confiscating its users’ assets could likely be copied by any bank with sufficient political motivation. And according to one notable finance and tech investor … there are ‘high odds’ other banks will adopt similar policies sooner rather than later …

[F]ortunately, the fix is easy. There are a whole raft of laws that any state can pass right now to protect their citizens from unjust monetary seizures or financial deplatforming:

Decree that no person’s account may be frozen or forcibly closed absent evidence of an actual crime.
Ban any predefined fines in excess of some nominal amount (such at $40) suitable for covering things like overdraft fees. For any larger amount, a company must sue in court for damages.
Legally clarify — and have state regulators issue guidance — that ‘reputational’ risk-management frameworks for financial institutions should, as a matter of policy, consider only the reputation for solvency. Not ‘environmental,’ ‘social,’ or political matters. Prohibit banks from collecting any liquidated damages for so-called reputational harm.”

Financial Institutions Must Act as Servants

The Washington Examiner has expressed the same ideas, stating:²²

“A congressional investigation of PayPal is in order … Companies that handle other people’s money should not be permitted to use their position to steal or to leverage the personal freedom of their clients. Much like government, they are supposed to be the servants and not masters of their customers.

Before PayPal and other companies attempt to establish some kind of unaccountable social credit system, they should worry about the reputational harm they will cause to themselves when they get caught.”

“The proposed Fair Access to Banking Act is a good start, but in light of PayPal’s antics, this legislation should be strengthened and prioritized. In the United States, your life should not be held hostage by financial organizations on the basis of your political viewpoints, period.”

A Foreshadowing of a Future Hell

Links humanityandearth.com:

Banning Early Treatment Was a Crime Against Humanity?

Big Data, Transhumanism & Why the Singularity May Be Faked.

Power & greed, pushing for the economic collapse or great reset.